[go: up one dir, main page]

WO2024051794A1 - Radionuclide-drug conjugate and pharmaceutical composition and use thereof - Google Patents

Radionuclide-drug conjugate and pharmaceutical composition and use thereof Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2024051794A1
WO2024051794A1 PCT/CN2023/117622 CN2023117622W WO2024051794A1 WO 2024051794 A1 WO2024051794 A1 WO 2024051794A1 CN 2023117622 W CN2023117622 W CN 2023117622W WO 2024051794 A1 WO2024051794 A1 WO 2024051794A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
conjugated drug
formula
drug precursor
radionuclide
targeting ligand
Prior art date
Legal status (The legal status is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the status listed.)
Ceased
Application number
PCT/CN2023/117622
Other languages
French (fr)
Chinese (zh)
Inventor
曹锦松
黄保华
王贵涛
陈新
钱刚
Current Assignee (The listed assignees may be inaccurate. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation or warranty as to the accuracy of the list.)
Coherent Biopharma Suzhou Ltd
Coherent Biopharma Suzhou Co Ltd
Original Assignee
Coherent Biopharma Suzhou Ltd
Coherent Biopharma Suzhou Co Ltd
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by Coherent Biopharma Suzhou Ltd, Coherent Biopharma Suzhou Co Ltd filed Critical Coherent Biopharma Suzhou Ltd
Priority to CN202380062411.0A priority Critical patent/CN119855612A/en
Publication of WO2024051794A1 publication Critical patent/WO2024051794A1/en
Anticipated expiration legal-status Critical
Ceased legal-status Critical Current

Links

Classifications

    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61KPREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K47/00Medicinal preparations characterised by the non-active ingredients used, e.g. carriers or inert additives; Targeting or modifying agents chemically bound to the active ingredient
    • A61K47/50Medicinal preparations characterised by the non-active ingredients used, e.g. carriers or inert additives; Targeting or modifying agents chemically bound to the active ingredient the non-active ingredient being chemically bound to the active ingredient, e.g. polymer-drug conjugates
    • A61K47/51Medicinal preparations characterised by the non-active ingredients used, e.g. carriers or inert additives; Targeting or modifying agents chemically bound to the active ingredient the non-active ingredient being chemically bound to the active ingredient, e.g. polymer-drug conjugates the non-active ingredient being a modifying agent
    • A61K47/54Medicinal preparations characterised by the non-active ingredients used, e.g. carriers or inert additives; Targeting or modifying agents chemically bound to the active ingredient the non-active ingredient being chemically bound to the active ingredient, e.g. polymer-drug conjugates the non-active ingredient being a modifying agent the modifying agent being an organic compound
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61KPREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K47/00Medicinal preparations characterised by the non-active ingredients used, e.g. carriers or inert additives; Targeting or modifying agents chemically bound to the active ingredient
    • A61K47/50Medicinal preparations characterised by the non-active ingredients used, e.g. carriers or inert additives; Targeting or modifying agents chemically bound to the active ingredient the non-active ingredient being chemically bound to the active ingredient, e.g. polymer-drug conjugates
    • A61K47/51Medicinal preparations characterised by the non-active ingredients used, e.g. carriers or inert additives; Targeting or modifying agents chemically bound to the active ingredient the non-active ingredient being chemically bound to the active ingredient, e.g. polymer-drug conjugates the non-active ingredient being a modifying agent
    • A61K47/62Medicinal preparations characterised by the non-active ingredients used, e.g. carriers or inert additives; Targeting or modifying agents chemically bound to the active ingredient the non-active ingredient being chemically bound to the active ingredient, e.g. polymer-drug conjugates the non-active ingredient being a modifying agent the modifying agent being a protein, peptide or polyamino acid
    • A61K47/64Drug-peptide, drug-protein or drug-polyamino acid conjugates, i.e. the modifying agent being a peptide, protein or polyamino acid which is covalently bonded or complexed to a therapeutically active agent
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61KPREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K47/00Medicinal preparations characterised by the non-active ingredients used, e.g. carriers or inert additives; Targeting or modifying agents chemically bound to the active ingredient
    • A61K47/50Medicinal preparations characterised by the non-active ingredients used, e.g. carriers or inert additives; Targeting or modifying agents chemically bound to the active ingredient the non-active ingredient being chemically bound to the active ingredient, e.g. polymer-drug conjugates
    • A61K47/51Medicinal preparations characterised by the non-active ingredients used, e.g. carriers or inert additives; Targeting or modifying agents chemically bound to the active ingredient the non-active ingredient being chemically bound to the active ingredient, e.g. polymer-drug conjugates the non-active ingredient being a modifying agent
    • A61K47/62Medicinal preparations characterised by the non-active ingredients used, e.g. carriers or inert additives; Targeting or modifying agents chemically bound to the active ingredient the non-active ingredient being chemically bound to the active ingredient, e.g. polymer-drug conjugates the non-active ingredient being a modifying agent the modifying agent being a protein, peptide or polyamino acid
    • A61K47/65Peptidic linkers, binders or spacers, e.g. peptidic enzyme-labile linkers
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P35/00Antineoplastic agents

Definitions

  • the invention belongs to the field of precision diagnosis and treatment, and specifically relates to a radionuclide conjugated drug, a pharmaceutical composition based on the coupled drug, and its application in the medical field.
  • Radiopharmaceuticals refer to a type of special medicine that uses particles or rays released by radionuclides for medical diagnosis and treatment. Radionuclides and their labeled compounds are used to study human physiology, pathology and drug processes in the body. Belongs to the category of radiopharmaceuticals. Radiopharmaceuticals are widely used in tumor diagnosis and treatment, myocardial imaging, early detection of neurodegenerative diseases and inflammatory tissue imaging diagnosis, etc., to achieve fast, non-destructive real-time imaging of physiological and pathological processes, which is an important part of molecular imaging and precision medicine. medicine), providing new means and approaches for early diagnosis and timely treatment in the true sense.
  • RDC uses specific targeting mediated by antibodies, small molecules or peptides to deliver radionuclides used as radiation/imaging factors to the target location, thereby focusing the rays generated by the radionuclides. Targeted at local tissues, it provides efficient and precise diagnosis and treatment while reducing damage to other tissues caused by systemic exposure.
  • RDC Radionuclides loaded by RDC can be used for both diagnosis and treatment.
  • RDC is also slightly different from ADC in structure, requiring the introduction of specific structural fragments for chelating radionuclides. ——Chelates.
  • RDC mainly consists of ligands (such as antibodies, polypeptides or small molecules, etc.), linkers, chelators and radioactive isotopes that mediate the targeting effect. (Radioisotope) composition.
  • ligands such as antibodies, polypeptides or small molecules, etc.
  • linkers such as antibodies, polypeptides or small molecules, etc.
  • chelators such as calcium, calcium, magnesium, calcium, magnesium, magnesium, etc.
  • radioactive isotope composition Depending on the type of ligand, RDC can be divided into antibody-targeted radionuclide antibody conjugates (RAC), radionuclide conjugates based on small molecules (including peptides), etc. Depending on the type of radionuclide, RDC can perform different functions in imaging or treatment, and some nuclides even have both functions.
  • Lutathera Li-177dotatate, or 177Lu-dotatate, used to treat somatostatin receptor-positive gastrointestinal neuroendocrine tumors
  • Pluvicto Li -177 vipivotide tetraxetan, or 177Lu-PSMA-617, for the treatment of prostate-specific membrane antigen (PSMA)-positive metastatic castration-resistant prostate cancer
  • Biogen's Zevalin Y-90 ibritumomab tiuxetan, or 90Y -ibritumomab tiuxetan, used to treat non-Hodgkin's lymphoma
  • a few other RDCs there is an urgent need to develop more therapeutic or dual-purpose RDCs to meet the growing demand in the field of precision diagnosis and treatment.
  • the present invention discovered a series of brand-new RDCs, including a variety of dual-ligand RDCs constructed based on dual-targeting technology, which further enriched the range of therapeutic RDCs. Or the type of RDC that is used for both diagnosis and treatment.
  • the invention provides a radionuclide-conjugated drug precursor, which includes a targeting ligand, a chelating agent, an optional linker and an optional spacer.
  • the above-mentioned radionuclide conjugated drug precursor may have a structure shown in formula I,
  • LG represents targeting ligand
  • S represents spacer
  • L represents the linker
  • C represents chelating agent
  • n 1 or 2;
  • n 0 or 1
  • p is 0 or 1
  • LG is directly connected to L or C;
  • the two LGs are the same or different from each other, and the two LGs are connected to S, L, or C at the same time, or the two LGs are connected to each other and then to S, L, or C.
  • the above-mentioned radionuclide-conjugated drug precursor having a structure shown in Formula I may have a structure shown in Formula I-1, LG-LC I-1
  • LG, L and C are as defined in Formula I.
  • the above-mentioned radionuclide-conjugated drug precursor having a structure shown in Formula I may have a structure shown in Formula I-2, LG-C I-2
  • LG and C are as defined in Formula I.
  • the above-mentioned radionuclide-conjugated drug precursor having a structure shown in Formula I may have a structure shown in Formula I-3,
  • LG, S, L and C are as defined in Formula I.
  • the above-mentioned radionuclide-conjugated drug precursor having a structure shown in Formula I may have a structure shown in Formula I-4,
  • LG, S and C are as defined in Formula I.
  • the above-mentioned radionuclide-conjugated drug precursor having a structure shown in Formula I may have a structure shown in Formula I-5,
  • LG, L and C are as defined in Formula I.
  • the above-mentioned radionuclide-conjugated drug precursor having a structure shown in Formula I may have a structure shown in Formula I-6,
  • LG, L and C are as defined in Formula I.
  • the above-mentioned targeting ligand can bind to the following cell surface proteins: PSMA, FORL1, TRPV6, FAPI, C-MET, CAIX, RGD, Hepsin or Sigma.
  • the conjugated drug prodrug including it can bind to the following cell surface proteins: Any one (single target single match), especially PSMA, TRPV6, FAPI, C-MET or CAIX.
  • the conjugated drug prodrugs containing them can bind to any one of the following cell surface protein combinations (single-target double-matching or double-target double-matching), especially PSMA/FORL1, FORL1/TRPV6, PSMA/TRPV6, PSMA/FAPI, PSMA/RGD, PSMA/Hepsin , FAPI/RGD, FAPI/FAPI, FAPI/Hespin, PSMA/Sigma or FAPI/CAIX.
  • the above-mentioned targeting ligand can be formed from a polypeptide, an antibody or a small molecule.
  • Each LG in the precursor can be independently represented by formulas LG-I, LG-II, LG-III, LG-IV, LG-V, LG-VI, LG-VII, LG-VIII, and LG-IX. Any kind of ligand compound is formed,
  • R LG1 is amino
  • R 1 is hydrogen or optionally substituted cycloalkylformyl (e.g., 4-(aminomethyl)cyclohexylformyl, i.e. preferred Or, 4-(6-aminocaproylaminomethyl)cyclohexylformyl, that is preferred
  • cycloalkylformyl e.g., 4-(aminomethyl)cyclohexylformyl, i.e. preferred Or, 4-(6-aminocaproylaminomethyl)cyclohexylformyl, that is preferred
  • R 2 and R 3 are each independently hydrogen or optionally substituted C 6 -C 10 aryl (e.g., phenyl, naphth-1-yl, naphth-2-yl, etc.);
  • R 4 is hydroxyl, optionally substituted C 1 -C 6 alkylamino (e.g., 6-aminohexylamino, i.e. ), an amino acid derivative group (for example, -NH-Asp-COOH) or an oligopeptide derivative group consisting of 2-6 amino acids (for example, -NH-Asp-Asp-Lys-COOH);
  • C 1 -C 6 alkylamino e.g., 6-aminohexylamino, i.e.
  • an amino acid derivative group for example, -NH-Asp-COOH
  • an oligopeptide derivative group consisting of 2-6 amino acids for example, -NH-Asp-Asp-Lys-COOH
  • R 5 is optionally substituted C 1 -C 6 alkyl; when substituted, the substituent is amino-substituted C 1 -C 6 alkanoyl, amino-substituted C 6 -C 10 aroyl, or both through amide
  • the acyl group obtained by the reaction for example, 4-(6-aminocaproylaminomethyl)benzoyl);
  • Formula LG-II is pteroic acid or folic acid or an analog thereof; preferably, the analog of folic acid is selected from the group consisting of 5-methyltetrahydrofolate, 5-formyltetrahydrofolate, 10-formylfolate, and methotrexate. rosin, 5,10-methylenetetrahydrofolate, aminopterin, and raltitrexed;
  • Formula LG-III includes all or part of the amino acids in the polypeptide EGKLSSNDTEGGLCKEFLHPSKVDLPR; preferably, formula LG-III includes 9 to 27 amino acids in the above polypeptide; more preferably, formula LG-III has at least 70% and 75% of the amino acids in the polypeptide KEFLHPSKVDLPR. , 80%, 85%, 90%, 95%, 96%, 97%, 98% or 99% identity;
  • R LG2 is halogen (e.g., bromine), amino,
  • R 8 is hydrogen, in
  • R 8' is carboxyl-substituted C 1 -C 6 alkylamino (for example, 5-amino-5-carboxypentylamino), carboxyl-substituted C 3 -C 8 cycloalkylmethylamino (for example, (trans- 4-carboxycyclohexyl)methylamino) or carboxyl-substituted C 1 -C 2 alkoxy C 1 -C 2 alkoxy C 1 -C 2 alkylamino (for example, 2-(2-(carboxymethoxy )ethoxy)ethylamino);
  • R 8′′ is hydrogen, amino-substituted C 1 -C 6 alkanoyl (for example, 6-aminocaproyl), amino-substituted C 1 -C 2 alkoxy C 1 -C 2 alkoxy C 1 -C 2 Alkanoyl (e.g., 2-(2-(2-aminoethoxy)ethoxy)acetyl), carboxyl-substituted C 1 -C 6 alkanoyl (e.g., 3-carboxypropionyl) or carboxyl-substituted C 1 -C 2 alkoxy C 1 -C 2 alkoxy C 1 -C 2 alkanoyl (e.g., 2-(2-(carboxymethoxy)ethoxy)acetyl);
  • amino-substituted C 1 -C 6 alkanoyl for example, 6-aminocaproyl
  • R 9 is in
  • R 9' is carbonyl or methylene
  • X is a single bond or -(CH 2 CH 2 O) n CH 2 CONH-, where
  • n 0, 1, 2 or 3;
  • R LG3 is hydrogen or in
  • R 10 is a hydroxyl or carboxyl substituted C 1 -C 6 alkylamino group (for example, 5-amino-5-carboxypentylamino);
  • B 1 to B 5 are each independently an amino acid fragment formed from any one of the following amino acids: phenylalanine (Phe), glutamic acid (Glu), arginine (Arg), glycine (Gly), and aspartate Amino acid (Asp); preferably, the formula LG-VI is and
  • an optionally substituted alkanoyl group for example, 3-amino-3-carboxypropionyl
  • an optionally substituted amino group for example, 5-amino -5-carboxypentylamino
  • C 1 to C 4 each independently represent an amino acid fragment, wherein the C terminal of C 1 is connected to a benzothiazolyl group, and the N terminal of C 4 is connected to an acetyl group, and
  • an optionally substituted alkanoyl group e.g., 3-carboxypropionyl
  • an optionally substituted alkanoyl group e.g., 3-carboxypropionyl
  • Y is One end marked with * is connected to the carboxyl group (COOH), and the other end is connected to the ring Z;
  • Ring Z is a C 6 -C 10 aromatic ring (for example, benzene ring, naphthalene ring, etc.) or a 5-9 membered heteroaromatic ring (for example, furan ring, benzofuran ring, etc.);
  • R LG4 is hydrogen, C 1 -C 6 alkyl or C 1 -C 6 alkoxy
  • Formula LG-IX contains the polypeptide Cys a -X1-Cys c -X2-Gly-Pro-Pro-X3-Phe-Glu-Cys d -Trp-Cys b -Tyr-X4-X5-X6, where: X1 is Asn, His or Tyr; X2 is Gly, Ser, Thr or Asn; X3 is Thr or Arg; X4 is Ala, Asp, Glu, Gly or Ser; X5 is Ser or Thr ; Cysteine residue; Preferably, residues Cys a and Cys b and Cys c and Cys d are cyclized respectively to form two independent disulfide bonds; further, the formula LG-IX includes the polypeptide Ala-Gly-Ser- Cys a -Tyr-Cys c -Ser-Gly-Pro-Pro-Arg-Phe-Glu-Cys d -Trp-Cys
  • Each LG in the precursor can independently be a targeting ligand formed from a ligand compound of the formula LG-I or its optical isomer and bound to the cell surface protein PSMA; a ligand compound of the formula LG-II or its optical isomer.
  • the optical isomer forms and binds to the targeting ligand of the cell surface protein FORL1; the targeting ligand formed from the ligand compound of formula LG-III or its optical isomer and binds to the cell surface protein TRPV6; the targeting ligand of the formula LG-IV
  • the body compound or its optical isomer forms and binds the targeting ligand of the cell surface protein FAPI; the formula LG-V ligand compound or its optical isomer forms and binds the targeting ligand of the cell surface protein CAIX; by the formula
  • the LG-VI ligand compound or its optical isomer forms a targeting ligand that binds to the cell surface protein RGD; the LG-VII ligand compound or its optical isomer forms a targeting ligand that binds to the cell surface protein Hepsin.
  • Body formed from a ligand compound of formula LG-VIII or its optical isomer and bound to the target of the cell surface protein Sigma Ligand; or a targeting ligand formed from a ligand compound of the formula LG-IX or an optical isomer thereof and binding to the cell surface protein C-MET.
  • the above-mentioned conjugated drug represented by Formula I, Formula I-1, Formula I-2, Formula I-3, Formula I-4, Formula I-5 or Formula I-6 Each LG in the precursor can be independently formed from any of the following ligand compounds.
  • the LG in the above-mentioned conjugated drug prodrug (monocoupled drug prodrug) represented by Formula I-1 or Formula I-2 can be represented by the formulas LG-I, LG- III, LG-IV, LG-V, LG-IX are formed from any ligand compound (or its optical isomer); preferably, LG can be formed by the formula LG-1, LG-1A, LG-1B, LG-1C, LG-1D, LG-1E, LG-1G, LG-1H, LG-1K, LG-1L, LG-3, LG-4, LG-4A, LG-4B, LG-4C, LG- 4E, LG-4F, LG-11, LG-12, LG-12A, LG-12B, LG-12C, LG-12D, LG-12E, LG-14, LG-5, LG-6, LG-6A, Either ligand compound (or optical isomer thereof) of LG-6B and LG-6C is formed.
  • each LG in the above-mentioned conjugated drug prodrugs (branched double-chain conjugated drug prodrugs) represented by Formula I-3, Formula I-4 or Formula I-6 can be independently composed of formulas LG-I, LG-II, LG-III, LG-IV, LG-V, LG-VI, LG-VII, Any one of the ligand compounds (or optical isomers thereof) in LG-VIII and LG-IX is formed; preferably, each LG can be independently formed by the formulas LG-1, LG-1A, LG-1B, LG -1C, LG-1D, LG-1E, LG-1G, LG-1H, LG-1K, LG-1L, LG-2, LG-3, LG-4, LG-4A, LG-4B, LG-4C , LG-4E, LG-4F, LG-11, LG-12, LG-12A, LG-12B, LG-12C, LG-12D, LG-12E, LG-14, LG-5, LG-6, LG - Any ligand compound (or its optical isomer); more preferably,
  • each LG in the above-mentioned conjugated drug prodrugs (linear dual-coupled drug prodrugs) represented by formula I-5 can be independently composed of formulas LG-I, Any ligand compound in LG-VIII (or its optical isomer) is formed; preferably, each LG can be independently formed by the formula LG-1, LG-1A, LG-1B, LG-1C, LG - Formation of any ligand compound (or its optical isomer) among 1D, LG-1E, LG-1G, LG-1H, LG-1K, LG-1L, LG-9, and LG-10; more preferably Specifically, the two LGs can be formed by ligand compounds of formulas LG-1 and LG-9 (or optical isomers thereof) respectively; further preferably, the two LGs can be formed of ligand compounds of formulas LG-1 and LG-9 respectively. (or its optical isomer) is formed, and LG formed by the formula LG-9 ligand compound (or its optical isomer) is connected to L.
  • the LG formed from the above-mentioned ligand compound can be of various types, and the present invention does not impose any specific limitation on this.
  • it can be a monovalent group (i.e., a secondary amino group) obtained by losing a hydrogen atom from the primary amino group in the structure (preferably the primary amino group located at the end of the main chain), which can be coupled with other structural fragments in the drug precursor.
  • the carboxyl group is connected to form an amide group), or it can be a monovalent group obtained after the carboxyl group in the structure (preferably the carboxyl group located at the end of the main chain) loses the hydroxyl group (i.e., the carboxylic group, which can be coupled with the drug prodrug It can also be a monovalent group (such as an alkoxy group or aromatic group) obtained by losing a hydrogen atom from a hydroxyl group in the structure (preferably the hydroxyl group located at the end of the main chain). Oxygen group, which can be linked to the carboxylic group of other structural segments coupled to the prodrug to form an ester group).
  • the above-mentioned conjugated drug precursors such as Formula I-3, Formula I-4, Formula I-5 or Formula I-6 are relatively preferred, because the structures of these precursors all contain
  • the two targeting ligands can work in a variety of ways to improve the therapeutic effect and reduce toxic side effects; at the same time, the two targeting molecules enhance the affinity of the coupled compound to target cells and reduce off-target toxicity.
  • the radionuclide chelating agent (i.e., C) contained in the radionuclide conjugated drug precursor of the present invention can complex diagnostic and/or therapeutic radioisotopes, especially therapeutic or dual-purpose radioisotopes.
  • the radionuclide-conjugated drug precursor is chelated with the radioisotope (for example, chelated in an equimolar ratio)
  • the radionuclide-conjugated drug can be obtained. Therefore, the radionuclide-conjugated drug of the present invention includes the radionuclide-conjugated drug precursor of the present invention and the radioactive isotope chelated thereto.
  • radioactive isotopes that can be used for diagnosis (imaging) include, but are not limited to, 45 Ti, 52 Fe, 59 Fe, 60 Cu, 61 Cu, 62 Cu, 64 Cu, 67 Cu, 63 Zn, 67 Ga, 68 Ga, 89 Zr, 99m Tc, 111 In , 117m Sn, 153 Sm, 177 Lu, 186 Re, 188 Re, 191m Pt, 193m Pt, 195m Pt, 198 Au, 199 Au, etc.
  • radioactive isotopes examples include, but are not limited to, 58m Co, 60 Cu, 61 Cu, 62 Cu, 64 Cu, 67 Cu, 89 Sr, 90 Y, 103m Rh, 103 Pd, 111 In, 117m Sn, 119 Sb, 153 Sm, 153 Gd, 161 Tb, 161 Ho, 166 Ho, 177 Lu, 186 Re, 188 Re, 193m Pt, 195m Pt, 197 Pt, 198 Au, 199 Au, 201 Tl , 203 Pb, 212 Bi, 213 Bi, 211 At, 223 Ra, 224 Ra, 225 Ac, 227 Th, etc.
  • the above-mentioned conjugated drug represented by Formula I, Formula I-1, Formula I-2, Formula I-3, Formula I-4, Formula I-5 or Formula I-6 C in the precursor can chelate any of the following radionuclides: 47 Sc, 48 Sc, 51 Cr, 55 Fe, 64 Cu, 67 Cu, 69 Zn, 67 Ga, 68 Ga, 72 Ga, 72 As, 72 Se, 89 Sr, 88 Y, 90 Y, 99 Tc, 99m Tc, 97 Ru, 105 Rh, 109 Pd, 111 In, 119 Sb, 128 Ba, 139 La, 140 La, 142 Pr, 149 Pm, 153 Sm , 159 Gd, 165 Dy, 166 Ho, 169 Er, 175 Yb, 177 Lu, 186 Re, 188 Re, 198 Au, 199 Au, 197 Hg, 201 Tl, 202 Pb, 203 Pb, 212 Pb, 212 Bi, 213 Bi, 225 Ac
  • the above-mentioned conjugated drug represented by Formula I, Formula I-1, Formula I-2, Formula I-3, Formula I-4, Formula I-5 or Formula I-6 C in the precursor can chelate any of the following radionuclides: 64 Cu, 67 Cu, 67 Ga, 68 Ga, 89 Sr, 90 Y, 99m Tc, 111 In, 119 Sb, 153 Sm, 166 Ho, 177 Lu , 186 Re, 188 Re, 198 Au, 199 Au, 201 Tl, 203 Pb, 212 Bi, 213 Bi, 225 Ac and 227 Th, preferably any of the following radionuclides : 64 Cu, 67 Cu, 111 In, 153 Sm, 177 Lu, 186 Re, 188 Re, 198 Au and 199 Au.
  • the above-mentioned conjugated drug represented by Formula I, Formula I-1, Formula I-2, Formula I-3, Formula I-4, Formula I-5 or Formula I-6 C in the precursor can chelate 177 Lu.
  • the chelating agent may contain a variable number of heteroatoms (usually N, O, S or P atoms, especially N, O or S atoms, preferably N or O atoms) to complex radionuclides , and may be cyclic or non-cyclic (especially cyclic).
  • heteroatoms usually N, O, S or P atoms, especially N, O or S atoms, preferably N or O atoms
  • cyclic chelating agents include, but are not limited to, 1,4,7-triazacyclononane; 1,4,7-triazacyclononane-triacetic acid; 1,4,7,10- Tetraazacyclododecane; 1,4,7,10-tetraazacyclotridecane; 1,4,7,11-tetraazacyclotetradecane; 1,4,7,10-tetraaza Heterocyclododecane-1,4,7,10-tetraacetic acid; 2-(1,4,7,10-tetraazacyclododecane-1-yl)acetic acid; 2,2'-(1, 4,7,10-tetraaacyclododecane-1,7-diyl)diacetic acid; 2,2',2′′-(1,4,7,10-tetraaacyclododecane-1 ,4,7-triyl)triacetic acid; 1,4,8,11-tetraaacyclotetradecan
  • acyclic chelating agents include, but are not limited to, ethylenediaminetetraacetic acid (i.e., 2,2',2",2"'-(ethane-1,2-diylbis(nitrilo))) Tetraacetic acid); Diethylenetriaminepentaacetic acid (i.e.
  • the above-mentioned conjugated drug represented by Formula I, Formula I-1, Formula I-2, Formula I-3, Formula I-4, Formula I-5 or Formula I-6 C in the precursor can be formed from any of the following chelating compounds.
  • the above-mentioned conjugated drug represented by Formula I, Formula I-1, Formula I-2, Formula I-3, Formula I-4, Formula I-5 or Formula I-6 C in the precursor may be formed from a chelating agent compound of formula C-1.
  • C formed by the above-mentioned chelating agent compound can be various, and the present invention does not impose any specific limitation on this.
  • it can be a carboxylic acid group obtained by losing the hydroxyl group from the carboxyl group in the structure (preferably the carboxyl group located at the end of the main chain) (which can be connected to the secondary amino group of other structural fragments in the coupled drug precursor to form an amide group).
  • LG and C can be directly connected to form a radionuclide conjugated drug prodrug (i.e., a conjugated drug prodrug as shown in Formula I-2), for example, a targeted formulation
  • a radionuclide conjugated drug prodrug i.e., a conjugated drug prodrug as shown in Formula I-2
  • the linker (i.e., L) in the radionuclide-conjugated drug prodrug of the present invention can be used as an intermediate fragment to connect the chelating agent (C) and the targeting ligand (LG); or, when conjugating the drug before When there is a spacer (S) in the body structure, L can also be used as an intermediate segment to connect C and S.
  • the linker can be either cleavable (or degradable) or non-cleavable (or non-degradable), and the latter is preferred.
  • L in the above-mentioned conjugated drug prodrugs represented by Formula I, Formula I-1, Formula I-3, Formula I-5 or Formula I-6 can be Formula L-I , any one of L-II, L-III, L-IV, L-V,
  • the end marked with * is connected to LG in the conjugated drug precursor or is terminated with a hydroxyl or amino group, and the end marked with ** is connected to LG in the conjugated drug precursor.
  • LG or C is either terminated with hydrogen or an acetyl group;
  • R is absent or is a bivalent structural fragment formed of amino acids; preferably, R is a bivalent structural fragment formed of lysine, tryptophan or valine;
  • the end marked with * is connected to the LG in the conjugated drug precursor or is terminated with a hydroxyl or amino group, and the end marked with ** on the left side is connected to the conjugated drug.
  • C in the precursor, the end marked with ** on the right side is connected to LG in the conjugated drug precursor or is terminated with hydrogen or acetyl group;
  • R does not exist or is a bivalent formed by lysine (Lys) structural fragment;
  • the end marked with *** is connected to S or LG in the conjugated drug precursor, and the end marked with ** is connected to C in the conjugated drug precursor.
  • X does not exist or is NH or O, preferably NH;
  • n is any integer from 1 to 4, preferably 1;
  • the end marked with * is connected to the LG in the conjugated drug precursor or is terminated with a hydroxyl or amino group, and the end marked with ** is connected to the conjugated drug precursor.
  • LG or C in is either terminated with hydrogen or acetyl group; n is any integer from 1 to 6;
  • the end marked by * is terminated with a hydroxyl group, the end marked by ** on the left is connected to C in the conjugated drug precursor, and the end marked by * on the right *The marked end is connected to LG in the conjugated drug precursor; n is 4;
  • the end marked with * is connected to LG in the conjugated drug precursor, and the end marked with ** is connected to C in the conjugated drug precursor;
  • n is any integer from 1 to 5;
  • R 1 does not exist or is -NH-CH 2 -CH 2 -NH-;
  • R 2 does not exist or is One end marked with * is connected to NH in LV, and
  • m is any integer from 1 to 7;
  • the end marked with * is connected to LG in the conjugated drug precursor, and the end marked with ** is connected to C in the conjugated drug precursor; n is 2 or 3; when R 1 does not exist, R 2 does not exist or is One end marked with * is connected to NH in formula LV, and m is 5; or, when R 1 is -NH-CH 2 -CH 2 -NH-, R 2 does not exist.
  • L in the above-mentioned conjugated drug prodrugs represented by Formula I, Formula I-1, Formula I-3, Formula I-5 or Formula I-6 can be the following structure Any of the fragments, in which the end marked by * is connected to LG in the conjugated drug precursor, the end marked by ** is connected to LG or C in the conjugated drug precursor, and the end marked by *** is connected Conjugate S or LG in the prodrug.
  • L in the above-mentioned conjugated drug prodrugs represented by Formula I, Formula I-1, Formula I-3, Formula I-5 or Formula I-6 can be Formula L -1, one of L-2, L-3, L-10, L-11, L-12, L-13, L-14, L-15.
  • L in the above-mentioned conjugated drug prodrugs represented by Formula I-1 or Formula 1-5 can be one of Formulas L-I, L-III, L-IV, and L-V; preferably Land, L can be one of the formulas L-3, L-3A, L-3B, L-10, L-11, L-12, L-13, L-14, and L-15.
  • L in the above-mentioned conjugated drug prodrug as shown in formula I-3 can be formula L-II, L-III; preferably, L can be formula L-2, L -3.
  • L in the above-mentioned conjugated drug prodrug represented by formula I-6 can be one of formulas L-1 and L-1A.
  • the above-mentioned L can be connected with LG, C and optional S.
  • they are connected to each other through a condensation reaction between amino groups and carboxyl groups; specifically, it can be a condensation reaction between the primary amino group in the linker compound (preferably the primary amino group located at the end of the main chain) and the carboxyl group in other compounds to form an amide.
  • the group can also be a carboxyl group in the linker compound (preferably the carboxyl group located at the end of the main chain) and a primary amino group in other compounds to form an amide group through a condensation reaction.
  • L when only one LG is contained, L can connect LG and C to form a radionuclide conjugated drug prodrug (i.e., a conjugated drug prodrug as shown in Formula I-1 ), for example, the targeting ligand is connected to the carboxyl group of the linker through its secondary amino group, and at the same time, the linker is connected to the carboxyl group of the chelating agent through its secondary amino group to form an amide group respectively.
  • a radionuclide conjugated drug prodrug i.e., a conjugated drug prodrug as shown in Formula I-1
  • L when two LGs are contained, L can connect one of the LGs (which is also connected to the other LG) with C to form a radionuclide conjugated drug precursor (i.e., as Coupled drug prodrugs represented by formula I-5), for example, the first targeting ligand is connected to the carboxylic group of the second targeting ligand through its secondary amino group, and the second targeting ligand is connected to the carboxylic acid group of the second targeting ligand through its secondary amino group.
  • the carboxyl group of the linker is connected, and at the same time, the linker is connected to the carboxyl group of the chelating agent through its secondary amino group to form an amide group respectively.
  • L when two LGs are contained, L can simultaneously connect two LGs (which are not connected to each other) and C to form a radionuclide conjugated drug precursor (i.e., as shown in Formula I
  • the coupled drug precursor shown in -6 for example, the first targeting ligand and the second targeting ligand are each independently connected to the carboxylic acid group or secondary amino group of the linker through its secondary amino group or carboxylic acid group, At the same time, the linker is connected to the carboxylic acid group of the chelating agent through its secondary amino group to form an amide group.
  • the radionuclide-conjugated drug precursor of the present invention contains two targeting ligands (LG)
  • a spacer i.e., S
  • S can be used as an intermediate segment to connect the chelating agent (C) and the targeting ligand. body (LG); alternatively, when there is a linker (L) in the conjugate structure, S can also be used as an intermediate segment to connect L and LG.
  • the spacer may be either cleavable (or degradable) or non-cleavable (or non-degradable), and the latter is preferred.
  • S in the above-mentioned conjugated drug prodrug as shown in Formula I, Formula I-3 or Formula I-4 can be in Formula S-I, S-II or S-III. any kind,
  • one end marked by * is connected to one LG in the conjugated drug precursor, one end marked by ** is connected to the other LG in the conjugated drug precursor, and **The other end marked is connected to L or C in the conjugated drug prodrug;
  • the end marked with * is connected to one LG of the conjugated drug precursor, and the end marked with ** above is connected to the other end of the conjugated drug precursor.
  • LG, the end marked with ** below is connected to L or C in the conjugated drug precursor;
  • a 1 -A 2 -A 3 is -Asp-Asp-Lys;
  • m is 4,
  • n is 4;
  • one end marked with * is connected to one LG in the conjugated drug precursor, and one end marked with ** is connected to the other LG in the conjugated drug precursor. , the other end marked by ** is connected to L or C in the conjugated drug precursor;
  • n is any integer from 2 to 6, preferably n is 4;
  • n is any integer from 1 to 5, preferably n is 1 or 2.
  • S in the above-mentioned conjugated drug prodrug as shown in Formula I, Formula I-3 or Formula I-4 can be any one of the following structural fragments, wherein * The end marked by *** is connected to one LG in the conjugated drug precursor, the end marked by ** is connected to the other LG in the conjugated drug precursor, and the end marked by *** is connected to the LG in the conjugated drug precursor.
  • * The end marked by *** is connected to one LG in the conjugated drug precursor
  • the end marked by ** is connected to the other LG in the conjugated drug precursor
  • the end marked by *** is connected to the LG in the conjugated drug precursor.
  • S in the above-mentioned conjugated drug prodrug as shown in Formula I, Formula I-3 or Formula I-4 can be Formula S-6, S-9, S-13 , one of S-18.
  • S in the above-mentioned conjugated drug prodrug as shown in formula I-3 can be one of the formulas S-II and S-III; preferably, S can be the formula S- 13.
  • S in the above-mentioned conjugated drug prodrug as shown in formula I-4 can be one of formulas S-I and S-II; preferably, S can be formula S-6, One of S-9 and S-13.
  • the above-mentioned S can be connected with LG, C and optional L.
  • they are connected to each other through a condensation reaction between amino groups and carboxyl groups; specifically, it can be a condensation reaction between a primary amino group in a spacer compound (preferably a primary amino group located at the end of the main chain) and a carboxyl group in other compounds to form an amide.
  • the group can also be a carboxyl group in the spacer compound (preferably the carboxyl group located at the end of the main chain) and a primary amino group in other compounds to form an amide group through a condensation reaction.
  • S can simultaneously connect two LGs (which are not connected to each other) and C to form a radionuclide conjugated drug precursor (i.e., a conjugated drug as shown in Formula I-4 Precursor), for example, the first targeting ligand and the second targeting ligand are each independently connected to the carboxyl group or secondary amino group of the spacer through its secondary amino group or carboxyl group, and at the same time, the spacer is connected through its secondary amino group Connected to the carboxylic acid group of the chelating agent to form an amide group respectively.
  • a radionuclide conjugated drug precursor i.e., a conjugated drug as shown in Formula I-4 Precursor
  • S can simultaneously connect two LG (which are not connected to each other) and L, and then connect C through L to form a radionuclide conjugated drug precursor (ie, as shown in Formula I-
  • the coupled drug prodrug shown in 3) for example, the first targeting ligand and the second targeting ligand are each independently connected to the carboxyl group or secondary amino group of the spacer through its secondary amino group or carboxyl group, and the spacer
  • the linker is connected to the carboxyl group of the linker through its secondary amino group, and at the same time, the linker is connected to the carboxyl group of the chelating agent through its secondary amino group to form an amide group respectively.
  • LG can be formed from any of the ligand compounds (or optical isomers thereof) in the formulas LG-I, LG-IV, and LG-V; preferably, it can be formed from the formulas LG-1B, LG-1D, and LG-1E. , any one of the ligand compounds (or optical isomers thereof) in LG-4 and LG-6 is formed;
  • L can be one of the formulas L-I, L-IV, L-V (or its optical isomer); preferably, it can be L-10, L-11, L-12, L-13, L-14, L-15 One (or its optical isomer);
  • C can be formed from a chelating compound of formula C-1.
  • LG can be formed by any ligand compound (or its optical isomer) in the formula LG-I, LG-III or LG-5; preferably, it can be formed by the formula LG-1D, LG-3, LG-5 Any one of the ligand compounds (or its optical isomers) is formed;
  • C can be formed from a chelating compound of formula C-1.
  • the two LGs can be respectively formed by any one of the ligand compounds (or optical isomers thereof) in the formulas LG-I, LG-IV, LG-V, LG-VI, LG-VII, LG-VIII; preferably Ground, can be represented by the formula LG-I and LG-IV, LG-I and LG-VI, LG-I and LG-VII, LG-I and LG-VIII, LG-IV and LG-IV, LG-IV and LG -V, LG-IV and LG-VI or LG-IV and LG-VII ligand compounds (or optical isomers thereof) are formed; more preferably, they can be formed by formulas LG-1 and LG-11, LG-1B and LG-4, LG-1B and LG-7, LG-1B and LG-8A, LG-1B and LG-10, LG-4A and LG-4B, LG-4A and LG-6C, LG-4A and LG-7A or LG-4A and LG-8B ligand compounds (or optical isomers thereof) Formed; further preferably, can be formed by formulas LG-1B and LG
  • S can be one of the formulas S-II and S-III (or its optical isomer); preferably, it can be one of the formulas S-13 and S-18 (or its optical isomer); more preferably, It can be formula S-13 (or its optical isomer);
  • L can be one of the formulas L-II and L-III (or its optical isomer); preferably, it can be one of the formulas L-2 and L-3; more preferably, L can be the formula L-2;
  • C can be formed from a chelating compound of formula C-1.
  • the two LGs can be formed by any ligand compound (or its optical isomer) in the formulas LG-I, LG-II, and LG-III respectively; preferably, they can be formed by the formulas LG-I and LG-II, LG-I and LG-III or LG-II and LG-III ligand compounds (or optical isomers thereof) are formed; more preferably, they can be formed by formulas LG-1 and LG-2, LG-1E and LG-3 or the formation of LG-2 and LG-3 ligand compounds (or optical isomers thereof);
  • S can be one of the formulas S-I and S-II (or its optical isomer); preferably, it can be one of the formulas S-6, S-9 and S-13 (or its optical isomer);
  • C can be formed from a chelating compound of formula C-1.
  • the two LGs can be formed by ligand compounds of formulas LG-I and LG-VIII (or optical isomers thereof) respectively; preferably, they can be formed by ligand compounds of formulas LG-1 and LG-9 (or optical isomers thereof). ) is formed, and LG formed by the ligand compound of formula LG-9 (or its optical isomer) is connected to L;
  • L can be formula L-III (or its optical isomer); preferably, it can be formula L-3 (or its optical isomer);
  • C can be formed from a chelating compound of formula C-1.
  • the two LGs can be formed by any ligand compound (or its optical isomer) in the formulas LG-I, LG-II, and LG-III respectively; preferably, they can be formed by the formulas LG-I and LG-II, LG-I and LG-III or LG-II and LG-III ligand compounds (or optical isomers thereof) are formed; more preferably, they can be formed by formulas LG-1E and LG-3, LG-1L and LG-2 or the formation of LG-2 and LG-3 ligand compounds (or optical isomers thereof);
  • L can be formula L-I (or its optical isomer); preferably, it can be one of formula L-1 and L-1A (or its optical isomer);
  • C can be formed from a chelating compound of formula C-1.
  • different structural fragments used to construct radionuclide-conjugated drug prodrugs can be connected to each other in series through amide groups, and the amide groups can in turn be connected through primary amino groups (for example, to form linkers, spacers or targeting It is formed by the condensation reaction of the terminal amino group in the compound of the ligand) and the carboxyl group (for example, multiple carboxyl groups in the compound that forms the chelating agent).
  • the above-mentioned condensation reaction can be carried out in the presence of a coupling reagent in order to activate the carboxylic acid into a better electrophile, thereby promoting the forward progress of the reaction.
  • Exemplary coupling reagents include, but are not limited to, EDC (1-ethyl-3-(3-dimethylaminopropyl)carbodiimide), DCC (dicyclohexylcarbodiimide), HOBt (1 -hydroxybenzotriazole), HATU (O-(7-azabenzotriazole-1-yl)-N,N,N',N'-tetramethylurea hexafluorophosphate), etc.
  • amide bond formation can also be achieved by activating carboxylic acids with N-hydroxysuccinimide (NHS) to form succinimide esters, which can be combined with amines without any other coupling reagents. further reaction.
  • NHS N-hydroxysuccinimide
  • the present invention provides the following specific presentation forms of radionuclide conjugated drug precursors.
  • the present invention provides the following specific presentation forms of radionuclide-conjugated drug precursors.
  • the present invention also provides a dual-ligand compound, which can be directly connected or indirectly connected to a chelating agent through a connecting fragment, thereby obtaining the radionuclide-conjugated drug precursor of the present invention.
  • the above-mentioned dual-ligand compound may be in the following specific presentation forms.
  • the present invention provides a radionuclide-conjugated drug, which includes the radionuclide-conjugated drug precursor described in the ⁇ first aspect> or the ⁇ second aspect>, and a radioactive isotope chelated thereto.
  • the radioactive isotope in the above-mentioned radionuclide conjugated drug is selected from 47 Sc, 48 Sc, 51 Cr, 55 Fe, 64 Cu, 67 Cu, 69 Zn, 67 Ga, 68 Ga, 72 Ga, 72 As, 72 Se, 89 Sr, 88 Y, 90 Y, 99 Tc, 99m Tc, 97 Ru, 105 Rh, 109 Pd, 111 In, 119 Sb, 128 Ba, 139 La, 140 La, 142 Pr , 149 Pm, 153 Sm, 159 Gd, 165 Dy, 166 Ho, 169 Er, 175 Yb, 177 Lu, 186 Re, 188 Re, 198 Au, 199 Au, 197 Hg, 201 Tl, 202 Pb, 203 Pb, 212 Any of Pb, 212 Bi, 213 Bi, 225 Ac and 227 Th.
  • the radioactive isotope in the above-mentioned radionuclide conjugated drug is selected from 64 Cu, 67 Cu , 67 Ga, 68 Ga, 89 Sr, 90 Y, 99m Tc , 111 In , 119 Sb, Any one of 153 Sm, 166 Ho, 177 Lu, 186 Re, 188 Re, 198 Au, 199 Au, 201 Tl, 203 Pb, 212 Bi, 213 Bi, 225 Ac and 227 Th, preferably 64 Cu, 67 Cu , any one of 111 In, 153 Sm, 177 Lu, 186 Re, 188 Re, 198 Au and 199 Au.
  • the radioisotope in the above-mentioned radionuclide conjugated drug is 177 Lu.
  • the present invention provides a pharmaceutical composition, which contains the radionuclide conjugated drug precursor described in the ⁇ first aspect> or the ⁇ second aspect> or the radionuclide conjugated drug precursor described in the ⁇ third aspect>. combined drugs.
  • the pharmaceutical composition further contains at least one pharmaceutically acceptable excipient.
  • the present invention provides the radionuclide-conjugated drug precursor described in the ⁇ first aspect> or the ⁇ second aspect> or the radionuclide-conjugated drug described in the ⁇ third aspect> or the ⁇ fourth aspect> Use of the pharmaceutical composition described in for the preparation of medicaments for the prevention and/or treatment of diseases or conditions.
  • the present invention provides the radionuclide-conjugated drug precursor described in the ⁇ first aspect> or the ⁇ second aspect> or the radionuclide-conjugated drug described in the ⁇ third aspect> or the ⁇ fourth aspect>
  • the pharmaceutical composition described in is used to prevent and/or treat diseases or conditions.
  • the present invention provides a method for preventing and/or treating a disease or condition, comprising:
  • the pharmaceutical composition described in ⁇ Fourth Aspect> is administered to an individual in need thereof.
  • the disease or condition is cancer, preferably prostate cancer, breast cancer, liver cancer, pancreatic cancer, ovarian cancer, gastric cancer or Lung cancer.
  • the radionuclide conjugated drug of the present invention can specifically deliver radionuclides to target cells.
  • the conjugated drug contains one targeting ligand (LG)
  • it can specifically deliver radionuclides to target cells
  • the conjugated drug contains two targeting ligands (LG)
  • LG targeting ligands
  • Figure 1 is the HPLC spectrum of compound 1’.
  • Figure 2 is the LC-MS spectrum of compound 1’.
  • Figure 3 is the HPLC spectrum of compound 2’.
  • Figure 4 is the LC-MS spectrum of compound 2'.
  • Figure 5 is the HPLC spectrum of compound 4'.
  • Figure 6 is the LC-MS spectrum of compound 4'.
  • Figure 7 is the HPLC spectrum of compound 17'.
  • Figure 8 is the LC-MS spectrum of compound 17'.
  • Figure 9 is the HPLC spectrum of compound 21'.
  • Figure 10 is the LC-MS spectrum of compound 21'.
  • Figure 11 is the HPLC spectrum of compound 24'.
  • Figure 12 is the LC-MS spectrum of compound 24'.
  • Figure 13 is a SPECT dynamic image of a double-formed radionuclide conjugated drug prepared from compound 17'.
  • Figure 14 is a quantitative organ enrichment diagram of a double-formed radionuclide conjugated drug prepared from compound 17'.
  • Figure 15 is a SPECT dynamic image of a double-formed radionuclide conjugated drug prepared from compound 21'.
  • Figure 16 is a quantitative organ enrichment diagram of a double-formed radionuclide conjugated drug prepared from compound 21'.
  • Figure 17 is a SPECT dynamic image of a single radionuclide conjugated drug prepared from compound 1'.
  • Figure 18 is a quantitative organ enrichment diagram of a monoparticulate radionuclide conjugated drug prepared from compound 1'.
  • Figure 19 is a SPECT dynamic image of a single radionuclide conjugated drug prepared from compound 2'.
  • Figure 20 is a quantitative diagram of organ enrichment of monoparticulate radionuclide conjugated drugs prepared from compound 2'.
  • Figure 21 is a SPECT dynamic image of a single radionuclide conjugated drug prepared from compound 4'.
  • Figure 22 is a quantitative graph of organ enrichment of monoparticulate radionuclide conjugated drugs prepared from compound 4'.
  • target refers to the binding site between drugs and biological macromolecules in the body, mainly involving receptors, enzymes, ion channels, transporters, immune systems, genes, etc.
  • drugs target receptors, and receptors have become the main and most important targets; more than 20% of drugs target enzymes, especially enzyme inhibitors. It has a special status in clinical application; about 6% of drugs target ion channels; 3% of drugs target nucleic acids; the targets of 20% of drugs still need further research.
  • certain medical treatments such as radiotherapy
  • radiation is irradiated from different directions and concentrated on the lesion, and the lesion is also a target.
  • radioactive nuclide or “radioactive isotope” refers to an unstable element that can release rays (or radiation) during the decay process. Includes both naturally occurring elements and elements primarily produced during nuclear fission or fusion processes. According to the different rays released during the decay process of radionuclides, they can be roughly divided into three categories: ⁇ , ⁇ , and ⁇ .
  • conjugated drug refers to fragments with different functions connected to each other through optional connecting fragments.
  • Pharmaceutical compounds formed and able to exert corresponding activities such as antibody drug conjugates (ADC), peptide drug conjugates (PDC), small molecule drug conjugates (SMDC), radionuclide drug conjugates (RDC), etc.
  • radionuclide conjugated drug or “radionuclide drug conjugate” refers to fragments such as chelating agents containing radionuclides and targeting ligands (Ligand) for at least one target through A pharmaceutically acceptable compound formed by connecting optional linkers and spacers to each other and capable of exerting targeted radiotherapy activity.
  • the chelator part is used to complex radioisotopes and targeting ligands.
  • the linker part and the spacer part are used to connect the chelator part and the targeting ligand part to each other to form a radionuclide couple.
  • the complete structure of the combined drug means that the chelating agent part in the radionuclide conjugate drug has not yet complexed with the radionuclide. precursor form.
  • targeting ligand refers to any molecule or part capable of targeting to a target site, target tissue, target organ, target cell, or region within a target cell.
  • the targeting ligand causes the moiety linked to the targeting ligand to be present in the target site, target tissue, or in the non-target tissue as compared to the non-target site, non-target tissue, non-target organ, non-target cell, or non-target intracellular region.
  • the target organ, the target cell or the area within the target cell is allocated more, for example, at least 10%, 20%, 50%, 80%, 100%, 150%, 200%, 300%, 400%, 500% or more. higher.
  • a conjugate compound or agent with a targeting ligand distributes more to the target site, target tissue, target organ, target cell, or region within the target cell than without the targeting ligand. , for example, at least 10%, 20%, 50%, 80%, 100%, 150%, 200%, 300%, 400%, 500% or more.
  • the targeting ligand can trigger or promote the specific binding of the conjugate compound containing such targeting ligand to the target molecule, trigger or promote the endocytosis of the conjugate compound by the target cell, trigger or Promote the concentration of the conjugate compound around the target cells and/or enter the target cells.
  • ligand may include a variety of chemical molecules or polypeptides that have specific binding affinity for a selected target, which may be a cell surface protein (for example, cell surface receptors or cell surface antigens), specific proteins, cells, tissues, organs, etc.
  • a ligand can specifically bind to a cell surface receptor.
  • a ligand can specifically bind to a cell surface antigen.
  • a ligand may specifically bind to a specific protein that may be responsible for a disease.
  • overexpression of the particular protein causes disease or the particular protein is a mutant protein that causes disease.
  • the ligands of the present application bind to the target with an affinity of 10 -6 to 10 -11 M (K d value). In some embodiments, ligands of the present application bind to the target with an affinity of at least 10 -6 , at least 10 -7 , at least 10 -8 or at least 10 -9 M (K d value).
  • the ligands of the present application bind to the target with a certain affinity, which refers to binding to a non-target (for example, other cell surface receptors, cell surface antigens or specific Compared with the affinity of protein, etc.), the affinity of the ligand for the target is at least two times, three times, four times, five times, six times, eight times, ten times, twenty times, fifty times, A hundred times or more.
  • the expression of cell surface receptors, cell surface antigens, and specific proteins of the present application on the surface of target cells (for example, cancer cells or cells with physiological abnormality) or within target cells is significantly higher than the expression in normal cells. .
  • the term "significant" as used in this application refers to a statistically significant difference, or a significant difference that can be recognized by a person skilled in the art.
  • folate receptor 1 is a glycosylphosphatidylinositol (GPI)-anchored glycoprotein that binds folate with nanomolar affinity, thereby promoting receptor-mediated endocytosis. effect. Rapidly growing solid malignancies, including ovarian and lung cancers, depend on folate for metabolism and nucleic acid synthesis.
  • GPI glycosylphosphatidylinositol
  • TRPV6 transient receptor potential cation channel subfamily V member 6 (transient receptor potential cation channel subfamily V member 6), which is a highly selective calcium ion transmembrane transport channel that mediates calcium ions from cells. Active transport from the outside into the cell. TRPV6 is expressed in normal human kidneys, gastrointestinal tract, pancreas, mammary gland, salivary glands, etc., but is mainly expressed in intestinal epithelial cells, where it is involved in the transport of calcium ions into cells. Therefore, when the number or function of TRPV6 channels changes, , can cause changes in calcium ion regulation, further leading to structural or functional abnormalities in related tissues and organs.
  • TRPV6 Compared with normal tissues, the expression of TRPV6 is significantly higher in malignant tumors such as breast cancer, cholangiocarcinoma, ovarian cancer, lung squamous cell carcinoma, and prostate cancer. Its abnormal expression may be related to the formation and progression of tumors.
  • PSMA prostate-specific membrane antigen
  • prostate-specific membrane antigen refers to a type II transmembrane glycoprotein present in the prostate epithelial cell membrane. It consists of 750 amino acids, which has 19 intracellular amino acids, 24 transmembrane amino acids in the membrane region and 707 amino acids in the extracellular region.
  • Prostate-specific membrane antigen is expressed in normal prostate epithelial cells, but its expression levels are much higher in prostate cancer cells.
  • prostate-specific membrane antigen is a more sensitive and specific prostate cancer tumor marker. It is especially highly expressed in hormone-refractory prostate cancer and prostate cancer metastases. High sensitivity and specificity in distinguishing prostate cancer from other types of malignancies.
  • prostate-specific membrane antigen is also highly specifically expressed on tumor vascular endothelial cells.
  • C-MET is a protein product encoded by the C-MET proto-oncogene. It is a receptor for hepatocyte growth factor (HGF), has tyrosine kinase activity, and interacts with various oncogene products. Related to regulatory proteins, it participates in the regulation of cell information transmission and cytoskeleton rearrangement, and is an important factor in cell proliferation, differentiation and movement. C-MET is closely related to the occurrence and metastasis of various cancers. Studies have shown that many tumor patients have C-MET overexpression and gene amplification during the occurrence and metastasis of their tumors.
  • HGF hepatocyte growth factor
  • C-MET acts on different substrates in different cells and at different stages of differentiation, it can exhibit multiple functions under specific conditions, such as promoting the division of hepatocytes, endothelial cells and melanocytes, and causing the dispersion and induction of epithelial cells. Cell morphological changes.
  • pharmaceutical composition refers to a pharmaceutically acceptable composition, which contains small molecule drugs as active pharmaceutical ingredients (API), polypeptides, antibodies (or antibody ligands) or conjugates thereof, and other components (such as pharmaceutically acceptable excipients).
  • API active pharmaceutical ingredients
  • Pharmaceutical compositions may be prepared using any method known to those skilled in the art. For example, conventional mixing, dissolving, granulating, emulsifying, grinding, encapsulating, embedding and/or lyophilizing processes.
  • auxiliary materials refer to auxiliary materials widely used in the field of pharmaceutical production.
  • the main purpose of using excipients is to provide a pharmaceutical composition that is safe to use, stable in nature and/or has specific functionality, and also to provide a method so that after the drug is administered to the subject, the active ingredient can be used in the desired manner. rate dissolution, or promote effective absorption of the active ingredient in the subject to whom it is administered.
  • Pharmaceutically acceptable excipients may be inert fillers or functional ingredients that provide a certain function for the pharmaceutical composition (such as stabilizing the overall pH value of the composition or preventing the degradation of the active ingredients in the composition).
  • “pharmaceutically acceptable excipients” include, but are not limited to, binders, suspending agents, emulsifiers, diluents (or fillers), granulating agents, adhesives, disintegrants, lubricants, anti-adhesive agents, Glidants, wetting agents, gelling agents, absorption delaying agents, dissolution inhibitors, enhancers, adsorbents, buffers, chelating agents, preservatives, colorants, flavoring agents, sweeteners, etc.
  • the starting materials used in the present invention can be synthesized by methods known in the art, or purchased through conventional commercial means.
  • the isolation and purification of the compounds of the present invention can be achieved by methods well known to those skilled in the art, including but not limited to column chromatography (CC), high-performance liquid chromatography (HPLC), ultra-high performance liquid chromatography (UPLC), etc. .
  • the structural identification of the compounds of the present invention can be achieved by methods well known to those skilled in the art, including but not limited to nuclear magnetic resonance (NMR), mass spectrometry (MS), etc.
  • step 1
  • PSMA-002 (6.00g, 3.0eq) reacted with wang resin (1.0eq), HOBt (3.0eq), DIC (3.8eq) and DMAP (0.6eq) in DMF (7V) system for 1h, sampling, ninhydrin Color development was performed to confirm that the reaction was complete and the product PSMA-003 was obtained.
  • a lysis solution equivalent to 7V of crude resin i.e. CB6-003 weight (formula: 90% TFA, 2.5% purified water, 2.5% phenol, 2.5% p-cresolthiophenol, 2.5% TIPS), pre-cooled at 0-5°C Then pour the crude resin into the lysis solution, raise it to 25°C, protect it with nitrogen, stir and cleave for 3 hours, and after the reaction is complete, remove the resin by suction filtration to obtain the lysis solution.
  • a lysis solution (formula: 30% TFE/DCM) equivalent to 7V of the crude resin (i.e., intermediate 1-4), pre-cool the lysis solution at 0-5°C, add the crude resin to the lysis solution, and raise it to 25°C. Under nitrogen protection, stir and lyse for 3 hours. After the control reaction is complete, the resin is removed by suction filtration to obtain a lysis solution. Concentrate under reduced pressure at 30°C to remove DCM in the lysate. Pre-cool the lysate concentrate in MTBE with a volume of 10V to 0°C, slowly drop the lysate concentrate into it, stir to precipitate the solid, and centrifuge to settle to obtain crude intermediate 1-5.
  • intermediate 2-3 (1.7g, 1.6eq), intermediate 1-7 (1.0g, 1.0eq) and DMF (20ml)
  • TEA 1.2ml
  • the reaction solution is added dropwise to MTBE (200 ml) to make a slurry, and filtered to obtain 2.7 g of white solid, namely DOTA-Met-Val-Lys(Mal)-OH, with a purity of 92%.
  • Steps 1-11 are similar to steps 9-19 in Example 1 to obtain DOTA-Met-Val-Lys(Mal)-OH.
  • a lysis solution equivalent to 7V of crude resin i.e., intermediate 3-3) weight (formula: 90% TFA, 2.5% purified water, 2.5% phenol, 2.5% p-cresolthiophenol, 2.5% TIPS), 0-5°C
  • Pre-cool the pyrolysis solution then pour the crude resin into the pyrolysis solution, raise it to 25°C, protect it with nitrogen, stir and pyrolyze it for 3 hours, and after the reaction is complete, remove the resin by suction filtration to obtain the pyrolysis solution.
  • Step 15 is similar to step 20 in Example 1, but Cys-108 is used instead of CB6-004.
  • the reaction solution is purified by preparative chromatography to obtain 137 mg of white solid, namely compound 3', with a purity of 96.62%.
  • step 1
  • a lysis solution equivalent to 7V of crude resin i.e. intermediate 4-3) weight (formula: 90% TFA, 2.5% purified water, 2.5% phenol, 2.5% p-cresolthiophenol, 2.5% TIPS), 0-5°C
  • Pre-cool the pyrolysis solution then pour the crude resin into the pyrolysis solution, raise it to 25°C, protect it with nitrogen, stir and pyrolyze it for 3 hours, and after the reaction is complete, remove the resin by suction filtration to obtain the pyrolysis solution.
  • Steps 1-6 were similar to steps 1-6 in Example 2 to obtain CB2-002.
  • a lysis solution equivalent to 7V of crude resin i.e. CB2-003 weight (formula: 90% TFA, 2.5% purified water, 2.5% phenol, 2.5% p-cresolthiophenol, 2.5% TIPS), pre-cooled at 0-5°C Then pour the crude resin into the lysis solution, raise it to 25°C, protect it with nitrogen, stir and cleave for 3 hours, and after the reaction is complete, remove the resin by suction filtration to obtain the lysis solution.
  • Steps 1-11 are similar to steps 9-19 in Example 1 to obtain DOTA-Met-Val-Lys(Mal)-OH.
  • step 1
  • a lysis solution equivalent to 7V of crude resin i.e., intermediate 8-1 weight (formula: 90% TFA, 2.5% purified water, 2.5% phenol, 2.5% p-cresolthiophenol, 2.5% TIPS), 0-5°C
  • Pre-cool the pyrolysis solution then pour the crude resin into the pyrolysis solution, raise it to 25°C, protect it with nitrogen, stir and pyrolyze it for 3 hours, and after the reaction is complete, remove the resin by suction filtration to obtain the pyrolysis solution.
  • Steps 1-11 are similar to steps 9-19 in Example 1 to obtain DOTA-Met-Val-Lys(Mal)-OH.
  • the resin is lysed with lysis solution, it is filtered, and the lysis solution is poured into MTBE to precipitate the solid, which is washed with MTBE to obtain a crude product.
  • the crude product is prepared by Pre-HPLC to obtain CB10-001.
  • step 1
  • a lysis solution equivalent to 7V of crude resin i.e. intermediate 10-1 weight (formula: 92.5% TFA, 2.5% purified water, 2.5% phenol, 2.5% p-cresolthiophenol, 2.5% TIPS), 0-5°C
  • Pre-cool the pyrolysis solution then pour the crude resin into the pyrolysis solution, raise it to 25°C, protect it with nitrogen, stir and pyrolyze it for 3 hours, and after the reaction is complete, remove the resin by suction filtration to obtain the pyrolysis solution.
  • Steps 3-13 are similar to steps 9-19 in Example 1 to obtain DOTA-Met-Val-Lys(Mal)-OH.
  • step 1
  • a lysis solution equivalent to 7V of crude resin i.e., intermediate 11-3) weight (formula: 90% TFA, 2.5% purified water, 2.5% phenol, 2.5% p-cresolthiophenol, 2.5% TIPS), 0-5°C
  • Pre-cool the pyrolysis solution then pour the crude resin into the pyrolysis solution, raise it to 25°C, protect it with nitrogen, stir and pyrolyze it for 3 hours, and after the reaction is complete, remove the resin by suction filtration to obtain the pyrolysis solution.
  • Slowly drop into 0°C pre-cooled MTBE (the volume of MTBE is 10V of the volume of the lysis solution), stir to precipitate the solid, and centrifuge to settle to obtain the crude product.
  • 222.2 mg of the pure product is obtained, namely compound 11', with a purity of 93.975%.
  • step 1
  • intermediate 12-2 (1.06g, 1.0eq), N-Boc-ethylenediamine (0.2990g, 1.5eq), DMF (10ml), HATU (0.7095g, 1.5eq) and DIEA (0.4823g, 3.0eq), after nitrogen replacement three times, the reaction was stirred at 25°C for 2 hours. After the reaction is monitored by HPLC, pour the reaction solution into water (100ml), and then extract with DCM (100mL*3).
  • Steps 1-11 are similar to steps 9-19 in Example 1 to obtain DOTA-Met-Val-Lys(Mal)-OH.
  • step 1
  • intermediate 15-1 (100.0 mg, 1.0 eq) into a 100 ml single-neck bottle, then add DOTA-OSu (276.0 mg, 1.5 eq) and acetonitrile (10 ml). After stirring and dissolving, add DIEA (150 ⁇ l) dropwise in an ice bath. ), control the pH to 9, remove the ice bath, and stir at room temperature overnight. Add 5% citric acid aqueous solution to quench the reaction, and then add DCM for extraction. The organic phase is dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and concentrated under reduced pressure to obtain 0.272 mg of a transparent oil, which is intermediate 15-2.
  • Steps 1-3 are similar to steps 16-18 in Example 1 to obtain intermediate 2-3.
  • Steps 1-6 are similar to steps 1-6 in Example 1 to obtain CB6-002.
  • a pyrolysis solution (formula: 90% TFA/DCM) equivalent to 10V of the weight of the crude resin (i.e., intermediate 17-3), pre-cool the pyrolysis solution at 0-5°C, add the crude resin to the pyrolysis solution, and raise it to 25°C. Under nitrogen protection, stir and lyse for 3 hours. After the control reaction is complete, the resin is removed by suction filtration to obtain a lysis solution. Concentrate under reduced pressure at 30°C to remove DCM in the lysate.
  • step 1
  • intermediate 18-2 (100.0mg, 1.0eq) and intermediate 17-4 (169.3mg, 1.0eq) to a 25ml single-neck bottle, then add DMF (5ml) to dissolve, stir magnetically at room temperature, add DIEA dropwise to complete the reaction The pH of the liquid was adjusted to 9, and the reaction was carried out overnight. HPLC monitors that the reaction is complete, and the reaction solution is added dropwise to MTBE. After the solid is precipitated, the supernatant is removed by centrifugation, and the solid is dried to obtain 245.3 mg of the product, which is intermediate 18-3.
  • step 1
  • intermediate 19-1 (279.1mg, 2.0eq) and intermediate 17-4 (169.3mg, 1.0eq) to a 25ml single-neck bottle, then add DMF (5ml) to dissolve, stir magnetically at room temperature, and then add DIEA dropwise. The pH of the reaction solution was adjusted to 9, and the reaction was carried out overnight. LCMS was used to control the complete reaction of the raw materials. The reaction solution was added dropwise to MTBE. After the solid precipitated, the supernatant was removed by centrifugation and the solid was dried to obtain 273 mg of the product, namely intermediate 19-2.
  • step 1
  • Fmoc-Lys(Dde)-OH, Fmoc-aminocaproic acid, DOTA-COOH and Fmoc-tranexamic acid were sequentially connected to Fmoc-Lys(Boc)-OH.
  • the resin was washed three times with DCM (100 ml) to remove residual DMF, washed twice with methanol (100 ml), and dried. Soak the dried resin in 20% trifluoroethanol/DCM solution (200 ml), react with magnetic stirring at room temperature for 3 hours, and remove the condensed amino acid fragments from the resin. HPLC monitored that the reaction was complete. The reaction solution was filtered to remove the resin. The organic phase was concentrated under reduced pressure to nearly dryness and purified by preparative chromatography to obtain 7.47g of a white solid, which was intermediate 20-1.
  • intermediate 20-2 (1.63g) to a 50ml single-neck bottle, add an equal volume of mixed TFA/DCM solution (20ml), and add TES (0.2ml), and react at room temperature for 2h. After LC-MS monitors that the reaction is complete, the reaction solution is concentrated under reduced pressure to nearly dryness and added dropwise to MTBE. After solid precipitation, the supernatant is removed. The solid is purified by preparative chromatography to obtain 545 mg of the product, which is intermediate 20-3.
  • intermediate 20-5 (100.0mg, 1.0eq) and intermediate 20-4 (134.0mg, 1.0eq) to a 25ml single-neck bottle, then add DMF (5ml) to dissolve, stir magnetically at room temperature, add DIEA dropwise to complete the reaction The pH of the liquid was adjusted to 9, and the reaction was carried out overnight. HPLC monitors the completeness of the reaction.
  • the reaction solution is added dropwise to MTBE. After the solid is precipitated, the supernatant is removed by centrifugation and the solid is dried to obtain 206.7 mg of the product, which is intermediate 20-6.
  • Step 1-3 was similar to step 1-3 in Example 19, and 545 mg of white solid, namely intermediate 20-3, was obtained.
  • step 1
  • intermediate 19-1 (279.1mg, 2.0eq) and intermediate 20-3 (134.0mg, 1.0eq) to a 25ml single-neck bottle, then add DMF (5ml) to dissolve, stir magnetically at room temperature, add DIEA dropwise to complete the reaction The pH of the liquid was adjusted to 9, and the reaction was carried out overnight. LC-MS monitors that the reaction is complete. The reaction solution is added dropwise to MTBE. After the solid is precipitated, the supernatant is removed by centrifugation and the solid is dried to obtain 216 mg of product, namely intermediate 22-1.
  • step 1
  • intermediate 23-2 (213mg, 1.0eq) and intermediate 23-4 (140mg, 1.0eq) into a 25ml single-neck bottle, then add THF (5ml) to dissolve, stir magnetically for 5 minutes, add DIEA (138mg, 3.0eq) ), stir the reaction at room temperature for 2 h. HPLC monitored the reaction to be complete, and the reaction solution was purified by preparative chromatography to obtain 79 mg of product, namely intermediate 23-5.
  • step 1
  • Steps 1-3 were similar to steps 1-3 in Example 19, and 545 mg of product, namely intermediate 20-3, was obtained.
  • the actual dosage of the precursor is about one thousandth of its theoretical molecular weight
  • take 100 ⁇ l and add to 900 ⁇ l acetic acid solution (pH 4.5, 0.4M)
  • then add 30 ⁇ l of acetic acid solution heat at 60°C for 30 minutes, cool to room temperature after the reaction is completed, and obtain radionuclide coupling drug.
  • compound 7' its actual dosage is 2.5 mg, and the chelation is completed in 177 LuCl 3 solution Finally, the corresponding 177 Lu conjugated drug was obtained.
  • 293T-F/P high expression of FOLR1 receptor and PSMA receptor
  • cell preparation transfect FOLR receptor and PSMA receptor plasmids into 293T cells to obtain 293T cells with high expression of FOLR1 receptor and PSMA receptor, that is, 293T-F/P cells.
  • Relevant tests have shown that the cells can also highly express FAPI receptors and can therefore be used to screen radionuclide-conjugated drugs targeting FAPI receptors. This experiment uses the above-mentioned 293T-F/P cells to test compound activity.
  • Model construction Inoculate the prepared 293T-F/P cells into the subcutaneous skin of the right limb of BALB/c nude mice (5 weeks old, 18-20g, female). When the tumor grows and expands to 300-500mm3 , the model The build is complete.
  • Grouping After the tumors grow to an average length of about 300-500mm , they are divided into groups, and a model control group (BALB/c nude mice inoculated with 293T cells) and different drug administration groups are set up.
  • a model control group BALB/c nude mice inoculated with 293T cells
  • the conjugate prepared from precursor 17' is highly enriched in tumors, enriched quickly, and has a long retention time (the drug is still enriched in tumors after 72 hours); renal metabolism is rapid ( Basic metabolism is completed in 8 hours), and the enrichment in other organs is low.
  • the above results show that the conjugate and its precursor have good specificity for binding to PSMA/FAP, low toxicity to kidneys and other organs, high safety, and can be used for the treatment or diagnosis of tumors.
  • the conjugate prepared from precursor 21' is highly enriched in tumors, and the enrichment is rapid, with a long retention time (a certain amount of drug is still enriched in tumors after 72 hours), and rapid renal metabolism (2 hours Basic metabolism is completed), other organs have low enrichment, and metabolism is fast.
  • the above results show that the conjugate and its precursor have good specificity for binding to FAP/FAP, have low toxicity to other organs and are highly safe, and can be used for the treatment or diagnosis of tumors.
  • the conjugate prepared from precursor 1' is highly enriched in tumors, and the enrichment is rapid, the retention time is long (a certain amount of drug is still enriched in tumors after 72 hours), and the kidney metabolism is rapid ( Basic metabolism is completed in 24 hours), other organs have low enrichment and fast metabolism.
  • the above results show that the conjugate and its precursor have good specificity for binding to PSMA, low toxicity, and high safety, and can be used for the treatment or diagnosis of tumors.
  • the conjugate prepared from precursor 2' is highly enriched in tumors, and the enrichment is rapid, the retention time is long (more than 8 hours), and the kidney metabolism is rapid (basic metabolism is completed in 8 hours). Organ enrichment is low.
  • the above results show that the conjugate and its precursor have good specificity for binding to PSMA, low nephrotoxicity, high safety, and can be used for the treatment or diagnosis of tumors.
  • the conjugate prepared from precursor 4' is highly enriched in tumors, and the enrichment is rapid, the residence time is long (more than 8 hours), and the kidney metabolism is rapid (basic metabolism is completed in 8 hours). Organ enrichment is low.
  • the above results show that the conjugate and its precursor have good specificity for binding to PSMA, low nephrotoxicity, high safety, and can be used for the treatment or diagnosis of tumors.
  • the precursor of the present invention has good tumor targeting properties, and the radionuclide conjugated drug prepared therefrom is rapidly enriched in tumors and has a long treatment time, while it is enriched in other organs (especially kidneys). It has low concentration, fast metabolism and low toxicity, and can be used for the treatment or diagnosis of tumors.

Landscapes

  • Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • Life Sciences & Earth Sciences (AREA)
  • General Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Bioinformatics & Cheminformatics (AREA)
  • Veterinary Medicine (AREA)
  • Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
  • Medicinal Chemistry (AREA)
  • Pharmacology & Pharmacy (AREA)
  • Public Health (AREA)
  • Animal Behavior & Ethology (AREA)
  • Proteomics, Peptides & Aminoacids (AREA)
  • Epidemiology (AREA)
  • Molecular Biology (AREA)
  • Chemical Kinetics & Catalysis (AREA)
  • General Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
  • Nuclear Medicine, Radiotherapy & Molecular Imaging (AREA)
  • Organic Chemistry (AREA)
  • Peptides Or Proteins (AREA)
  • Medicines That Contain Protein Lipid Enzymes And Other Medicines (AREA)
  • Medicines Containing Antibodies Or Antigens For Use As Internal Diagnostic Agents (AREA)

Abstract

Provided are a radionuclide-drug conjugate and a pharmaceutical composition and use thereof. Specifically, a precursor of the radionuclide-drug conjugate has a structure represented by formula I, wherein LG represents a targeting ligand; S represents a spacer; L represents a linker; and C represents a chelating agent capable of containing a radionuclide. The radionuclide-drug conjugate can specifically deliver the radionuclide to a target cell. When containing one LG, the drug conjugate can specifically deliver the radionuclide to the target cell. When containing two LGs, the drug conjugate can function in various ways to enhance therapeutic effects and reduce toxic and side effects. Meanwhile, the presence of two LGs also enhances the affinity of the drug conjugate for the target cell, reducing off-target toxicity.

Description

放射性核素偶联药物及其药物组合物和应用Radionuclide conjugated drugs and pharmaceutical compositions and applications thereof

相关申请的交叉引用Cross-references to related applications

本发明要求2022年09月09日在中国提交的,名称为“放射性核素偶联药物及其药物组合物和应用”、申请号为202211105422.6的发明专利申请的优先权,通过引用的方式将该专利申请的全部内容并入本文。The present invention claims the priority of the invention patent application titled "Radionuclide Conjugated Drugs and Pharmaceutical Compositions and Applications thereof" and application number 202211105422.6, submitted in China on September 9, 2022, which is incorporated by reference. The entire content of the patent application is incorporated herein.

技术领域Technical field

本发明属于精准诊疗领域,具体涉及一种放射性核素偶联药物,基于该偶联药物的药物组合物,以及在医药领域中的应用。The invention belongs to the field of precision diagnosis and treatment, and specifically relates to a radionuclide conjugated drug, a pharmaceutical composition based on the coupled drug, and its application in the medical field.

背景技术Background technique

放射性药物(radio-pharmaceutical)是指将放射性核素放出的粒子或射线应用于医学诊断和治疗的一类特殊药物,用于研究人体生理、病理和药物体内过程的放射性核素及其标记化合物都属于放射性药物的范畴。放射性药物广泛应用于肿瘤诊疗、心肌显像、神经退行性疾病早期发现和炎症组织成像诊断等,实现生理和病理过程的快速、无损实时成像,是分子影像学(molecular imaging)和精准医学(precision medicine)的重要基石,为真正意义上的早期诊断、及时治疗提供新的手段和途径。Radiopharmaceuticals refer to a type of special medicine that uses particles or rays released by radionuclides for medical diagnosis and treatment. Radionuclides and their labeled compounds are used to study human physiology, pathology and drug processes in the body. Belongs to the category of radiopharmaceuticals. Radiopharmaceuticals are widely used in tumor diagnosis and treatment, myocardial imaging, early detection of neurodegenerative diseases and inflammatory tissue imaging diagnosis, etc., to achieve fast, non-destructive real-time imaging of physiological and pathological processes, which is an important part of molecular imaging and precision medicine. medicine), providing new means and approaches for early diagnosis and timely treatment in the true sense.

在精准医疗的趋势下,核药也开始向精准靶向的方向靠拢。有些物理方式或组织吸收的特异性可以实现部分的精准靶向,比如甲状腺癌及其转移灶会特异性吸收碘,因此可以通过碘-131(I-131)进行治疗;或是通过微创方式置入钇-90(Y-90)微球,可以实现放射栓塞治疗。但是这些靶向作用并不具备大范围推广的可能性,只能在特定场景下应用。Under the trend of precision medicine, nuclear medicine has also begun to move closer to precise targeting. Some physical methods or the specificity of tissue absorption can achieve partial precise targeting. For example, thyroid cancer and its metastases will specifically absorb iodine, so it can be treated with iodine-131 (I-131); or through minimally invasive methods Radioembolization can be achieved by inserting yttrium-90 (Y-90) microspheres. However, these targeted effects do not have the possibility of large-scale promotion and can only be applied in specific scenarios.

近几年,随着具有靶向定位作用的配体(例如,抗体偶联药物/ADC、多肽偶联药物/PDC、小分子偶联药物/SMDC等)在临床上广泛应用,这些配体与放射性螯合物之间的结合也形成了一个新赛道——放射性核素偶联药物/RDC。与ADC相似的是,RDC利用抗体、小分子或多肽等介导的特异性靶向作用,将用作放射/成像因子的放射性核素递送至靶位置,从而将放射性核素产生的射线集中作用于局部组织,在高效精准诊疗的同时降低全身暴露对其他组织造成的损伤。与ADC不同的是,RDC载荷的放射性核素既可用于诊断,也能用于治疗;另外,在结构上,RDC也与ADC略有差异,需要引入用于螯合放射性核素的特定结构片段——螯合物。In recent years, with the widespread clinical application of ligands with targeting effects (e.g., antibody drug conjugates/ADCs, peptide drug conjugates/PDCs, small molecule drug conjugates/SMDC, etc.), these ligands are associated with The combination of radioactive chelates has also formed a new track - radionuclide drug conjugates/RDC. Similar to ADC, RDC uses specific targeting mediated by antibodies, small molecules or peptides to deliver radionuclides used as radiation/imaging factors to the target location, thereby focusing the rays generated by the radionuclides. Targeted at local tissues, it provides efficient and precise diagnosis and treatment while reducing damage to other tissues caused by systemic exposure. Different from ADC, the radionuclides loaded by RDC can be used for both diagnosis and treatment. In addition, RDC is also slightly different from ADC in structure, requiring the introduction of specific structural fragments for chelating radionuclides. ——Chelates.

具体而言,在药物结构方面,RDC主要由介导靶向定位作用的配体(Ligand)(例如,抗体、多肽或小分子等)、连接子(Linker)、螯合剂(Chelator)和放射性同位素(Radioisotope)构成。根据配体类型的不同,RDC可以划分为抗体靶向的核素抗体偶联药物(Radionuclide Antibody Conjugates,RAC)、基于小分子(包括多肽)的核素偶联药物等。根据放射性核素类型的不同,RDC可以发挥成像或治疗的不同功能,部分核素甚至兼备两种功能。Specifically, in terms of drug structure, RDC mainly consists of ligands (such as antibodies, polypeptides or small molecules, etc.), linkers, chelators and radioactive isotopes that mediate the targeting effect. (Radioisotope) composition. Depending on the type of ligand, RDC can be divided into antibody-targeted radionuclide antibody conjugates (RAC), radionuclide conjugates based on small molecules (including peptides), etc. Depending on the type of radionuclide, RDC can perform different functions in imaging or treatment, and some nuclides even have both functions.

目前,已获批上市的治疗用RDC相对较少,只有Novartis公司的Lutathera(Lu-177dotatate,或称177Lu-dotatate,用于治疗生长抑素受体阳性的胃肠神经内分泌肿瘤)和Pluvicto(Lu-177 vipivotide tetraxetan,或称177Lu-PSMA-617,用于治疗前列腺特异性膜抗原(PSMA)阳性的转移性去势抵抗性前列腺癌)以及Biogen公司的Zevalin(Y-90 ibritumomab tiuxetan,或称90Y-ibritumomab tiuxetan,用于治疗非霍奇金氏淋巴瘤)等少数几种,迫切需要开发更多的治疗用或诊疗两用RDC,以满足精准诊疗领域日益增长的需求。Currently, relatively few therapeutic RDCs have been approved for marketing, only Novartis’s Lutathera (Lu-177dotatate, or 177Lu-dotatate, used to treat somatostatin receptor-positive gastrointestinal neuroendocrine tumors) and Pluvicto (Lu -177 vipivotide tetraxetan, or 177Lu-PSMA-617, for the treatment of prostate-specific membrane antigen (PSMA)-positive metastatic castration-resistant prostate cancer) and Biogen's Zevalin (Y-90 ibritumomab tiuxetan, or 90Y -ibritumomab tiuxetan, used to treat non-Hodgkin's lymphoma) and a few other RDCs, there is an urgent need to develop more therapeutic or dual-purpose RDCs to meet the growing demand in the field of precision diagnosis and treatment.

发明内容Contents of the invention

发明要解决的问题Invent the problem to be solved

针对目前治疗用RDC的种类较少、靶向配体单一等问题,本发明发现了一系列全新的RDC,其中包含多种基于双靶向技术而构建的双配体RDC,进一步丰富了治疗用或诊疗两用RDC的种类。 In view of the current problems of few types of therapeutic RDCs and single targeting ligands, the present invention discovered a series of brand-new RDCs, including a variety of dual-ligand RDCs constructed based on dual-targeting technology, which further enriched the range of therapeutic RDCs. Or the type of RDC that is used for both diagnosis and treatment.

用于解决问题的方案solutions to problems

<第一方面><First aspect>

本发明提供了一种放射性核素偶联药物前体物,其包含靶向配体、螯合剂、任选的连接子以及任选的间隔子。The invention provides a radionuclide-conjugated drug precursor, which includes a targeting ligand, a chelating agent, an optional linker and an optional spacer.

在本发明中,上述放射性核素偶联药物前体物可以具有如式I所示的结构,
In the present invention, the above-mentioned radionuclide conjugated drug precursor may have a structure shown in formula I,

其中,in,

LG表示靶向配体;LG represents targeting ligand;

S表示间隔子;S represents spacer;

L表示连接子;L represents the linker;

C表示螯合剂;C represents chelating agent;

m为1或2;m is 1 or 2;

n为0或1;n is 0 or 1;

p为0或1;并且p is 0 or 1; and

当p为0时,C与S或LG直接相连;When p is 0, C is directly connected to S or LG;

当n为0时,LG与L或C直接相连;When n is 0, LG is directly connected to L or C;

当m为2时,两个LG彼此相同或不同,并且,两个LG同时与S、L或C相连,或者两个LG彼此相连后再与S、L或C相连。When m is 2, the two LGs are the same or different from each other, and the two LGs are connected to S, L, or C at the same time, or the two LGs are connected to each other and then to S, L, or C.

在本发明的一项实施方案中,上述具有如式I所示的结构的放射性核素偶联药物前体物可以具有如式I-1所示的结构,
LG-L-C
I-1
In one embodiment of the present invention, the above-mentioned radionuclide-conjugated drug precursor having a structure shown in Formula I may have a structure shown in Formula I-1,
LG-LC
I-1

其中,LG、L和C如式I中所定义。Wherein, LG, L and C are as defined in Formula I.

在本发明的另一项实施方案中,上述具有如式I所示的结构的放射性核素偶联药物前体物可以具有如式I-2所示的结构,
LG-C
I-2
In another embodiment of the present invention, the above-mentioned radionuclide-conjugated drug precursor having a structure shown in Formula I may have a structure shown in Formula I-2,
LG-C
I-2

其中,LG和C如式I中所定义。Where, LG and C are as defined in Formula I.

在本发明的又一项实施方案中,上述具有如式I所示的结构的放射性核素偶联药物前体物可以具有如式I-3所示的结构,
In yet another embodiment of the present invention, the above-mentioned radionuclide-conjugated drug precursor having a structure shown in Formula I may have a structure shown in Formula I-3,

其中,LG、S、L和C如式I中所定义。 Wherein, LG, S, L and C are as defined in Formula I.

在本发明的再一项实施方案中,上述具有如式I所示的结构的放射性核素偶联药物前体物可以具有如式I-4所示的结构,
In yet another embodiment of the present invention, the above-mentioned radionuclide-conjugated drug precursor having a structure shown in Formula I may have a structure shown in Formula I-4,

其中,LG、S和C如式I中所定义。Wherein, LG, S and C are as defined in Formula I.

在本发明的还一项实施方案中,上述具有如式I所示的结构的放射性核素偶联药物前体物可以具有如式I-5所示的结构,
In yet another embodiment of the present invention, the above-mentioned radionuclide-conjugated drug precursor having a structure shown in Formula I may have a structure shown in Formula I-5,

其中,LG、L和C如式I中所定义。Wherein, LG, L and C are as defined in Formula I.

在本发明的还一项实施方案中,上述具有如式I所示的结构的放射性核素偶联药物前体物可以具有如式I-6所示的结构,
In yet another embodiment of the present invention, the above-mentioned radionuclide-conjugated drug precursor having a structure shown in Formula I may have a structure shown in Formula I-6,

其中,LG、L和C如式I中所定义。Wherein, LG, L and C are as defined in Formula I.

在本发明的一项实施方案中,上述靶向配体(即LG)可以结合以下细胞表面蛋白:PSMA、FORL1、TRPV6、FAPI、C-MET、CAIX、RGD、Hepsin或Sigma。In one embodiment of the invention, the above-mentioned targeting ligand (ie, LG) can bind to the following cell surface proteins: PSMA, FORL1, TRPV6, FAPI, C-MET, CAIX, RGD, Hepsin or Sigma.

当仅含有一个靶向配体时,包含其的偶联药物前体物(例如,如式I-1或式I-2所示的偶联药物前体物)可以结合以下细胞表面蛋白中的任意一个(单靶单配),尤其是PSMA、TRPV6、FAPI、C-MET或CAIX。When containing only one targeting ligand, the conjugated drug prodrug including it (for example, the conjugated prodrug as shown in Formula I-1 or Formula I-2) can bind to the following cell surface proteins: Any one (single target single match), especially PSMA, TRPV6, FAPI, C-MET or CAIX.

当含有两个靶向配体时,包含其的偶联药物前体物(例如,如式I-3、式I-4、式I-5或式I-6所示的偶联药物前体物)可以结合以下细胞表面蛋白组合中的任意一个(单靶双配或者双靶双配),尤其是PSMA/FORL1、FORL1/TRPV6、PSMA/TRPV6、PSMA/FAPI、PSMA/RGD、PSMA/Hepsin、FAPI/RGD、FAPI/FAPI、FAPI/Hespin、PSMA/Sigma或FAPI/CAIX。When two targeting ligands are contained, the conjugated drug prodrugs containing them (for example, the conjugated prodrugs represented by Formula I-3, Formula I-4, Formula I-5 or Formula I-6 substance) can bind to any one of the following cell surface protein combinations (single-target double-matching or double-target double-matching), especially PSMA/FORL1, FORL1/TRPV6, PSMA/TRPV6, PSMA/FAPI, PSMA/RGD, PSMA/Hepsin , FAPI/RGD, FAPI/FAPI, FAPI/Hespin, PSMA/Sigma or FAPI/CAIX.

在本发明的一项实施方案中,上述靶向配体可以由多肽、抗体或小分子形成。In one embodiment of the invention, the above-mentioned targeting ligand can be formed from a polypeptide, an antibody or a small molecule.

在本发明的一项实施方案中,上述如式I、式I-1、式I-2、式I-3、式I-4、式I-5或式I-6所示的偶联药物前体物中的每一个LG可以各自独立地由式LG-I、LG-II、LG-III、LG-IV、LG-V、LG-VI、LG-VII、LG-VIII、LG-IX中的任一种配体化合物形成, In one embodiment of the present invention, the above-mentioned conjugated drug represented by Formula I, Formula I-1, Formula I-2, Formula I-3, Formula I-4, Formula I-5 or Formula I-6 Each LG in the precursor can be independently represented by formulas LG-I, LG-II, LG-III, LG-IV, LG-V, LG-VI, LG-VII, LG-VIII, and LG-IX. Any kind of ligand compound is formed,

优选 preferred

在式LG-I(或LG-I’)中,In formula LG-I (or LG-I’),

RLG1为氨基、 R LG1 is amino,

其中in

R1为氢或任选取代的环烷基甲酰基(例如,4-(氨基甲基)环己基甲酰基,即优选或,4-(6-氨基己酰氨基甲基)环己基甲酰基,即优选 R 1 is hydrogen or optionally substituted cycloalkylformyl (e.g., 4-(aminomethyl)cyclohexylformyl, i.e. preferred Or, 4-(6-aminocaproylaminomethyl)cyclohexylformyl, that is preferred

R2和R3各自独立地为氢或任选取代的C6-C10芳基(例如,苯基、萘-1-基、萘-2-基等);R 2 and R 3 are each independently hydrogen or optionally substituted C 6 -C 10 aryl (e.g., phenyl, naphth-1-yl, naphth-2-yl, etc.);

R4为羟基、任选取代的C1-C6烷氨基(例如,6-氨基己基氨基,即)、氨基酸衍生基团(例如,-NH-Asp-COOH)或由2-6个氨基酸组成的寡肽衍生基团(例如,-NH-Asp-Asp-Lys-COOH);R 4 is hydroxyl, optionally substituted C 1 -C 6 alkylamino (e.g., 6-aminohexylamino, i.e. ), an amino acid derivative group (for example, -NH-Asp-COOH) or an oligopeptide derivative group consisting of 2-6 amino acids (for example, -NH-Asp-Asp-Lys-COOH);

R5为任选取代的C1-C6烷基;当被取代时,取代基为氨基取代的C1-C6烷酰基、氨基取代的C6-C10芳酰基或由二者经酰胺化反应得到的酰基(例如,4-(6-氨基己酰氨基甲基)苯甲酰基);R 5 is optionally substituted C 1 -C 6 alkyl; when substituted, the substituent is amino-substituted C 1 -C 6 alkanoyl, amino-substituted C 6 -C 10 aroyl, or both through amide The acyl group obtained by the reaction (for example, 4-(6-aminocaproylaminomethyl)benzoyl);

式LG-II为蝶酸或者叶酸或其类似物;优选地,所述叶酸的类似物选自5-甲基四氢叶酸、5-甲酰四氢叶酸、10-甲酰叶酸、甲氨蝶呤、5,10-亚甲基四氢叶酸、氨基蝶呤和雷替曲塞;Formula LG-II is pteroic acid or folic acid or an analog thereof; preferably, the analog of folic acid is selected from the group consisting of 5-methyltetrahydrofolate, 5-formyltetrahydrofolate, 10-formylfolate, and methotrexate. rosin, 5,10-methylenetetrahydrofolate, aminopterin, and raltitrexed;

式LG-III包含多肽EGKLSSNDTEGGLCKEFLHPSKVDLPR中的全部或部分氨基酸;优选地,式LG-III包含上述多肽中的9至27个氨基酸;更优选地,式LG-III与多肽KEFLHPSKVDLPR具有至少70%、75%、80%、85%、90%、95%、96%、97%、98%或99%的同一性; Formula LG-III includes all or part of the amino acids in the polypeptide EGKLSSNDTEGGLCKEFLHPSKVDLPR; preferably, formula LG-III includes 9 to 27 amino acids in the above polypeptide; more preferably, formula LG-III has at least 70% and 75% of the amino acids in the polypeptide KEFLHPSKVDLPR. , 80%, 85%, 90%, 95%, 96%, 97%, 98% or 99% identity;

优选 preferred

在式LG-IV(或LG-IV’)中,In formula LG-IV (or LG-IV’),

RLG2为卤素(例如,溴)、氨基、 R LG2 is halogen (e.g., bromine), amino,

其中in

R8为氢、其中R 8 is hydrogen, in

R8’为羧基取代的C1-C6烷氨基(例如,5-氨基-5-羧基戊基氨基)、羧基取代的C3-C8环烷基甲基氨基(例如,(反式-4-羧基环己基)甲基氨基)或羧基取代的C1-C2烷氧基C1-C2烷氧基C1-C2烷氨基(例如,2-(2-(羧甲氧基)乙氧基)乙氨基);R 8' is carboxyl-substituted C 1 -C 6 alkylamino (for example, 5-amino-5-carboxypentylamino), carboxyl-substituted C 3 -C 8 cycloalkylmethylamino (for example, (trans- 4-carboxycyclohexyl)methylamino) or carboxyl-substituted C 1 -C 2 alkoxy C 1 -C 2 alkoxy C 1 -C 2 alkylamino (for example, 2-(2-(carboxymethoxy )ethoxy)ethylamino);

R8”为氢、氨基取代的C1-C6烷酰基(例如,6-氨基己酰基)、氨基取代的C1-C2烷氧基C1-C2烷氧基C1-C2烷酰基(例如,2-(2-(2-氨基乙氧基)乙氧基)乙酰基)、羧基取代的C1-C6烷酰基(例如,3-羧基丙酰基)或羧基取代的C1-C2烷氧基C1-C2烷氧基C1-C2烷酰基(例如,2-(2-(羧甲氧基)乙氧基)乙酰基);R 8″ is hydrogen, amino-substituted C 1 -C 6 alkanoyl (for example, 6-aminocaproyl), amino-substituted C 1 -C 2 alkoxy C 1 -C 2 alkoxy C 1 -C 2 Alkanoyl (e.g., 2-(2-(2-aminoethoxy)ethoxy)acetyl), carboxyl-substituted C 1 -C 6 alkanoyl (e.g., 3-carboxypropionyl) or carboxyl-substituted C 1 -C 2 alkoxy C 1 -C 2 alkoxy C 1 -C 2 alkanoyl (e.g., 2-(2-(carboxymethoxy)ethoxy)acetyl);

R9其中R 9 is in

R9’为羰基或亚甲基;
R 9' is carbonyl or methylene;

在式LG-V中,In the formula LG-V,

X为单键或-(CH2CH2O)nCH2CONH-,其中X is a single bond or -(CH 2 CH 2 O) n CH 2 CONH-, where

n为0、1、2或3;n is 0, 1, 2 or 3;

RLG3为氢或其中R LG3 is hydrogen or in

R10为羟基或羧基取代的C1-C6烷氨基(例如,5-氨基-5-羧基戊基氨基);
R 10 is a hydroxyl or carboxyl substituted C 1 -C 6 alkylamino group (for example, 5-amino-5-carboxypentylamino);

在式LG-VI中, In the formula LG-VI,

B1~B5各自独立地为由如下氨基酸中的任一种形成氨基酸片段:苯丙氨酸(Phe)、谷氨酸(Glu)、精氨酸(Arg)、甘氨酸(Gly)和天冬氨酸(Asp);优选地,式LG-VI为并且B 1 to B 5 are each independently an amino acid fragment formed from any one of the following amino acids: phenylalanine (Phe), glutamic acid (Glu), arginine (Arg), glycine (Gly), and aspartate Amino acid (Asp); preferably, the formula LG-VI is and

任选地向B1~B5中至少一个的残基中引入任选取代的烷酰基(例如,3-氨基-3-羧基丙酰基)和/或任选取代的氨基(例如,5-氨基-5-羧基戊基氨基);
Optionally introduce into the residue of at least one of B 1 to B 5 an optionally substituted alkanoyl group (for example, 3-amino-3-carboxypropionyl) and/or an optionally substituted amino group (for example, 5-amino -5-carboxypentylamino);

在式LG-VII中,In formula LG-VII,

C1~C4各自独立地表示氨基酸片段,其中C1的C端连接苯并噻唑基,C4的N端连接乙酰基,并且C 1 to C 4 each independently represent an amino acid fragment, wherein the C terminal of C 1 is connected to a benzothiazolyl group, and the N terminal of C 4 is connected to an acetyl group, and

任选地向C1~C4中至少一个的残基中引入任选取代的烷酰基(例如,3-羧基丙酰基);
optionally introducing an optionally substituted alkanoyl group (e.g., 3-carboxypropionyl) into at least one residue of C 1 to C 4 ;

在式LG-VIII中,In formula LG-VIII,

Y为其中由*标注的一端连接羧基(COOH),另一端连接环Z;Y is One end marked with * is connected to the carboxyl group (COOH), and the other end is connected to the ring Z;

环Z为C6-C10芳环(例如,苯环、萘环等)或5-9元杂芳环(例如,呋喃环、苯并呋喃环等);Ring Z is a C 6 -C 10 aromatic ring (for example, benzene ring, naphthalene ring, etc.) or a 5-9 membered heteroaromatic ring (for example, furan ring, benzofuran ring, etc.);

RLG4为氢、C1-C6烷基或C1-C6烷氧基;R LG4 is hydrogen, C 1 -C 6 alkyl or C 1 -C 6 alkoxy;

式LG-IX包含多肽Cysa-X1-Cysc-X2-Gly-Pro-Pro-X3-Phe-Glu-Cysd-Trp-Cysb-Tyr-X4-X5-X6,其中:X1为Asn、His或Tyr;X2为Gly、Ser、Thr或Asn;X3为Thr或Arg;X4为Ala、Asp、Glu、Gly或Ser;X5为Ser或Thr;X6为Asp或Glu;Cysa-d各自独立地为半胱氨酸残基;优选地,残基Cysa与Cysb以及Cysc与Cysd分别环化形成两个独立的二硫键;进一步地,式LG-IX包含多肽Ala-Gly-Ser-Cysa-Tyr-Cysc-Ser-Gly-Pro-Pro-Arg-Phe-Glu-Cysd-Trp-Cysb-Tyr-Glu-Thr-Glu-Gly-Thr-Gly-Gly-Gly-Lys,其中:Cysa-d各自独立地为半胱氨酸残基;优选地,残基Cysa与Cysb以及Cysc与Cysd分别环化形成两个独立的二硫键;更优选地,式IX的末端赖氨酸的羧基被酰胺化;或者,式IX与所述多肽具有至少80%、85%、90%、95%、96%、97%、98%或99%的序列同一性,其中:Cysa-d各自独立地为半胱氨酸残基;优选地,残基Cysa与Cysb以及Cysc与Cysd分别环化形成两个独立的二硫键。Formula LG-IX contains the polypeptide Cys a -X1-Cys c -X2-Gly-Pro-Pro-X3-Phe-Glu-Cys d -Trp-Cys b -Tyr-X4-X5-X6, where: X1 is Asn, His or Tyr; X2 is Gly, Ser, Thr or Asn; X3 is Thr or Arg; X4 is Ala, Asp, Glu, Gly or Ser; X5 is Ser or Thr ; Cysteine residue; Preferably, residues Cys a and Cys b and Cys c and Cys d are cyclized respectively to form two independent disulfide bonds; further, the formula LG-IX includes the polypeptide Ala-Gly-Ser- Cys a -Tyr-Cys c -Ser-Gly-Pro-Pro-Arg-Phe-Glu-Cys d -Trp-Cys b -Tyr-Glu-Thr-Glu-Gly-Thr-Gly-Gly-Gly-Lys, Wherein: Cys ad is each independently a cysteine residue; preferably, the residues Cys a and Cys b and Cys c and Cys d are cyclized respectively to form two independent disulfide bonds; more preferably, the formula IX The carboxyl group of the terminal lysine is amidated; alternatively, Formula IX has at least 80%, 85%, 90%, 95%, 96%, 97%, 98% or 99% sequence identity with the polypeptide, wherein: Cys ad is each independently a cysteine residue; preferably, residues Cys a and Cys b and Cys c and Cys d are cyclized respectively to form two independent disulfide bonds.

在本发明的一项实施方案中,上述如式I、式I-1、式I-2、式I-3、式I-4、式I-5或式I-6所示的偶联药物前体物中的每一个LG可以各自独立地为由式LG-I配体化合物或其光学异构体形成并结合细胞表面蛋白PSMA的靶向配体;由式LG-II配体化合物或其光学异构体形成并结合细胞表面蛋白FORL1的靶向配体;由式LG-III配体化合物或其光学异构体形成并结合细胞表面蛋白TRPV6的靶向配体;由式LG-IV配体化合物或其光学异构体形成并结合细胞表面蛋白FAPI的靶向配体;由式LG-V配体化合物或其光学异构体形成并结合细胞表面蛋白CAIX的靶向配体;由式LG-VI配体化合物或其光学异构体形成并结合细胞表面蛋白RGD的靶向配体;由式LG-VII配体化合物或其光学异构体形成并结合细胞表面蛋白Hepsin的靶向配体;由式LG-VIII配体化合物或其光学异构体形成并结合细胞表面蛋白Sigma的靶向 配体;或由式LG-IX配体化合物或其光学异构体形成并结合细胞表面蛋白C-MET的靶向配体。In one embodiment of the present invention, the above-mentioned conjugated drug represented by Formula I, Formula I-1, Formula I-2, Formula I-3, Formula I-4, Formula I-5 or Formula I-6 Each LG in the precursor can independently be a targeting ligand formed from a ligand compound of the formula LG-I or its optical isomer and bound to the cell surface protein PSMA; a ligand compound of the formula LG-II or its optical isomer. The optical isomer forms and binds to the targeting ligand of the cell surface protein FORL1; the targeting ligand formed from the ligand compound of formula LG-III or its optical isomer and binds to the cell surface protein TRPV6; the targeting ligand of the formula LG-IV The body compound or its optical isomer forms and binds the targeting ligand of the cell surface protein FAPI; the formula LG-V ligand compound or its optical isomer forms and binds the targeting ligand of the cell surface protein CAIX; by the formula The LG-VI ligand compound or its optical isomer forms a targeting ligand that binds to the cell surface protein RGD; the LG-VII ligand compound or its optical isomer forms a targeting ligand that binds to the cell surface protein Hepsin. Body; formed from a ligand compound of formula LG-VIII or its optical isomer and bound to the target of the cell surface protein Sigma Ligand; or a targeting ligand formed from a ligand compound of the formula LG-IX or an optical isomer thereof and binding to the cell surface protein C-MET.

在本发明的一项实施方案中,上述如式I、式I-1、式I-2、式I-3、式I-4、式I-5或式I-6所示的偶联药物前体物中的每一个LG可以各自独立地由下列任一种配体化合物形成。



In one embodiment of the present invention, the above-mentioned conjugated drug represented by Formula I, Formula I-1, Formula I-2, Formula I-3, Formula I-4, Formula I-5 or Formula I-6 Each LG in the precursor can be independently formed from any of the following ligand compounds.



在本发明的一些实施方案中,上述如式I-1或式I-2所示的偶联药物前体物(单配偶联药物前体物)中的LG可以由式LG-I、LG-III、LG-IV、LG-V、LG-IX中的任一种配体化合物(或其光学异构体)形成;优选地,LG可以由式LG-1、LG-1A、LG-1B、LG-1C、LG-1D、LG-1E、LG-1G、LG-1H、LG-1K、LG-1L、LG-3、LG-4、LG-4A、LG-4B、LG-4C、LG-4E、LG-4F、LG-11、LG-12、LG-12A、LG-12B、LG-12C、LG-12D、LG-12E、LG-14、LG-5、LG-6、LG-6A、LG-6B、LG-6C中的任一种配体化合物(或其光学异构体)形成。In some embodiments of the present invention, the LG in the above-mentioned conjugated drug prodrug (monocoupled drug prodrug) represented by Formula I-1 or Formula I-2 can be represented by the formulas LG-I, LG- III, LG-IV, LG-V, LG-IX are formed from any ligand compound (or its optical isomer); preferably, LG can be formed by the formula LG-1, LG-1A, LG-1B, LG-1C, LG-1D, LG-1E, LG-1G, LG-1H, LG-1K, LG-1L, LG-3, LG-4, LG-4A, LG-4B, LG-4C, LG- 4E, LG-4F, LG-11, LG-12, LG-12A, LG-12B, LG-12C, LG-12D, LG-12E, LG-14, LG-5, LG-6, LG-6A, Either ligand compound (or optical isomer thereof) of LG-6B and LG-6C is formed.

在本发明的一些实施方案中,上述如式I-3、式I-4或式I-6所示的偶联药物前体物(支链双配偶联药物前体物)中的每一个LG可以各自独立地由式LG-I、LG-II、LG-III、LG-IV、LG-V、LG-VI、LG-VII、 LG-VIII、LG-IX中的任一种配体化合物(或其光学异构体)形成;优选地,每一个LG可以各自独立地由式LG-1、LG-1A、LG-1B、LG-1C、LG-1D、LG-1E、LG-1G、LG-1H、LG-1K、LG-1L、LG-2、LG-3、LG-4、LG-4A、LG-4B、LG-4C、LG-4E、LG-4F、LG-11、LG-12、LG-12A、LG-12B、LG-12C、LG-12D、LG-12E、LG-14、LG-5、LG-6、LG-6A、LG-6B、LG-6C、LG-7、LG-7A、LG-8、LG-8A、LG-8B、LG-9、LG-10中的任一种配体化合物(或其光学异构体)形成;更优选地,两个LG可以分别由式LG-1和LG-2、LG-1和LG-11、LG-1B和LG-4、LG-1B和LG-7、LG-1B和LG-8A、LG-1B和LG-10、LG-1E和LG-3、LG-1L和LG-2、LG-2和LG-3、LG-4A和LG-4B、LG-4A和LG-6C、LG-4A和LG-7A或者LG-4A和LG-8B配体化合物(或其光学异构体)形成;进一步优选地,两个LG可以分别由式LG-1B和LG-4、LG-1B和LG-10或者LG-4A和LG-4B配体化合物(或其光学异构体)形成。In some embodiments of the present invention, each LG in the above-mentioned conjugated drug prodrugs (branched double-chain conjugated drug prodrugs) represented by Formula I-3, Formula I-4 or Formula I-6 Can be independently composed of formulas LG-I, LG-II, LG-III, LG-IV, LG-V, LG-VI, LG-VII, Any one of the ligand compounds (or optical isomers thereof) in LG-VIII and LG-IX is formed; preferably, each LG can be independently formed by the formulas LG-1, LG-1A, LG-1B, LG -1C, LG-1D, LG-1E, LG-1G, LG-1H, LG-1K, LG-1L, LG-2, LG-3, LG-4, LG-4A, LG-4B, LG-4C , LG-4E, LG-4F, LG-11, LG-12, LG-12A, LG-12B, LG-12C, LG-12D, LG-12E, LG-14, LG-5, LG-6, LG - Any ligand compound (or its optical isomer); more preferably, the two LGs can be respectively formed by the formulas LG-1 and LG-2, LG-1 and LG-11, LG-1B and LG-4, LG-1B and LG-7, LG -1B and LG-8A, LG-1B and LG-10, LG-1E and LG-3, LG-1L and LG-2, LG-2 and LG-3, LG-4A and LG-4B, LG-4A and LG-6C, LG-4A and LG-7A or LG-4A and LG-8B ligand compounds (or optical isomers thereof); further preferably, the two LGs can be formed by the formulas LG-1B and LG- 4. Formation of LG-1B and LG-10 or LG-4A and LG-4B ligand compounds (or optical isomers thereof).

在本发明的一些实施方案中,上述如式I-5所示的偶联药物前体物(直链双配偶联药物前体物)中的每一个LG可以各自独立地由式LG-I、LG-VIII中的任一种配体化合物(或其光学异构体)形成;优选地,每一个LG可以各自独立地由式LG-1、LG-1A、LG-1B、LG-1C、LG-1D、LG-1E、LG-1G、LG-1H、LG-1K、LG-1L、LG-9、LG-10中的任一种配体化合物(或其光学异构体)形成;更优选地,两个LG可以分别由式LG-1和LG-9配体化合物(或其光学异构体)形成;进一步优选地,两个LG可以分别由式LG-1和LG-9配体化合物(或其光学异构体)形成,且由式LG-9配体化合物(或其光学异构体)形成的LG与L相连。In some embodiments of the present invention, each LG in the above-mentioned conjugated drug prodrugs (linear dual-coupled drug prodrugs) represented by formula I-5 can be independently composed of formulas LG-I, Any ligand compound in LG-VIII (or its optical isomer) is formed; preferably, each LG can be independently formed by the formula LG-1, LG-1A, LG-1B, LG-1C, LG - Formation of any ligand compound (or its optical isomer) among 1D, LG-1E, LG-1G, LG-1H, LG-1K, LG-1L, LG-9, and LG-10; more preferably Specifically, the two LGs can be formed by ligand compounds of formulas LG-1 and LG-9 (or optical isomers thereof) respectively; further preferably, the two LGs can be formed of ligand compounds of formulas LG-1 and LG-9 respectively. (or its optical isomer) is formed, and LG formed by the formula LG-9 ligand compound (or its optical isomer) is connected to L.

在本发明中,由上述配体化合物形成的LG可以是多种多样的,本发明对此并未做出具体限制。例如,既可以是结构中的伯氨基(优选位于主链端点上的伯氨基)失去一个氢原子后得到的一价基团(即仲氨基,其可以与偶联药物前体物中其他结构片段的羧酰基相连,以形成酰胺基),也可以是结构中的羧基(优选位于主链端点上的羧基)失去羟基后得到的一价基团(即羧酰基,其可以与偶联药物前体物中其他结构片段的仲氨基相连,以形成酰胺基),还可以是结构中的羟基(优选位于主链端点上的羟基)失去氢原子后得到的一价基团(如烷氧基或芳氧基,其可以与偶联药物前体物中其他结构片段的羧酰基相连,以形成酯基)。In the present invention, the LG formed from the above-mentioned ligand compound can be of various types, and the present invention does not impose any specific limitation on this. For example, it can be a monovalent group (i.e., a secondary amino group) obtained by losing a hydrogen atom from the primary amino group in the structure (preferably the primary amino group located at the end of the main chain), which can be coupled with other structural fragments in the drug precursor. The carboxyl group is connected to form an amide group), or it can be a monovalent group obtained after the carboxyl group in the structure (preferably the carboxyl group located at the end of the main chain) loses the hydroxyl group (i.e., the carboxylic group, which can be coupled with the drug prodrug It can also be a monovalent group (such as an alkoxy group or aromatic group) obtained by losing a hydrogen atom from a hydroxyl group in the structure (preferably the hydroxyl group located at the end of the main chain). Oxygen group, which can be linked to the carboxylic group of other structural segments coupled to the prodrug to form an ester group).

在本发明中,上述如式I-3、式I-4、式I-5或式I-6所示的偶联药物前体物是相对优选的,因为这些前体物的结构中均含有两个靶向配体,能够以多种方式起作用,提高治疗效果,降低毒副作用;同时,两个靶向分子增强了偶联化合物对靶细胞的亲和性,降低了脱靶毒性。In the present invention, the above-mentioned conjugated drug precursors such as Formula I-3, Formula I-4, Formula I-5 or Formula I-6 are relatively preferred, because the structures of these precursors all contain The two targeting ligands can work in a variety of ways to improve the therapeutic effect and reduce toxic side effects; at the same time, the two targeting molecules enhance the affinity of the coupled compound to target cells and reduce off-target toxicity.

进一步地,本发明的放射性核素偶联药物前体物中含有的放射性核素的螯合剂(即C)可以络合诊断和/或治疗用放射性同位素,尤其是治疗用或诊疗两用放射性同位素。当放射性核素偶联药物前体物与放射性同位素螯合(例如,按照等摩尔比螯合)后,即可得到放射性核素偶联药物。因此,本发明的放射性核素偶联药物包含本发明的放射性核素偶联药物前体物以及与其螯合的放射性同位素。Further, the radionuclide chelating agent (i.e., C) contained in the radionuclide conjugated drug precursor of the present invention can complex diagnostic and/or therapeutic radioisotopes, especially therapeutic or dual-purpose radioisotopes. . When the radionuclide-conjugated drug precursor is chelated with the radioisotope (for example, chelated in an equimolar ratio), the radionuclide-conjugated drug can be obtained. Therefore, the radionuclide-conjugated drug of the present invention includes the radionuclide-conjugated drug precursor of the present invention and the radioactive isotope chelated thereto.

在本发明中,可用于诊断(成像)的放射性同位素的实例包括,但不限于,45Ti、52Fe、59Fe、60Cu、61Cu、62Cu、64Cu、67Cu、63Zn、67Ga、68Ga、89Zr、99mTc、111In、117mSn、153Sm、177Lu、186Re、188Re、191mPt、193mPt、195mPt、198Au、199Au等。In the present invention, examples of radioactive isotopes that can be used for diagnosis (imaging) include, but are not limited to, 45 Ti, 52 Fe, 59 Fe, 60 Cu, 61 Cu, 62 Cu, 64 Cu, 67 Cu, 63 Zn, 67 Ga, 68 Ga, 89 Zr, 99m Tc, 111 In , 117m Sn, 153 Sm, 177 Lu, 186 Re, 188 Re, 191m Pt, 193m Pt, 195m Pt, 198 Au, 199 Au, etc.

在本发明中,可用于治疗的放射性同位素的实例包括,但不限于,58mCo、60Cu、61Cu、62Cu、64Cu、67Cu、89Sr、90Y、103mRh、103Pd、111In、117mSn、119Sb、153Sm、153Gd、161Tb、161Ho、166Ho、177Lu、186Re、188Re、193mPt、195mPt、197Pt、198Au、199Au、201Tl、203Pb、212Bi、213Bi、211At、223Ra、224Ra、225Ac、227Th等。In the present invention, examples of radioactive isotopes that can be used for treatment include, but are not limited to, 58m Co, 60 Cu, 61 Cu, 62 Cu, 64 Cu, 67 Cu, 89 Sr, 90 Y, 103m Rh, 103 Pd, 111 In, 117m Sn, 119 Sb, 153 Sm, 153 Gd, 161 Tb, 161 Ho, 166 Ho, 177 Lu, 186 Re, 188 Re, 193m Pt, 195m Pt, 197 Pt, 198 Au, 199 Au, 201 Tl , 203 Pb, 212 Bi, 213 Bi, 211 At, 223 Ra, 224 Ra, 225 Ac, 227 Th, etc.

在本发明的一项实施方案中,上述如式I、式I-1、式I-2、式I-3、式I-4、式I-5或式I-6所示的偶联药物前体物中的C可以螯合下列任一种放射性核素:47Sc、48Sc、51Cr、55Fe、64Cu、67Cu、69Zn、67Ga、68Ga、72Ga、72As、72Se、89Sr、88Y、90Y、99Tc、99mTc、97Ru、105Rh、109Pd、111In、119Sb、128Ba、139La、140La、142Pr、149Pm、153Sm、159Gd、165Dy、166Ho、169Er、175Yb、177Lu、186Re、188Re、198Au、199Au、197Hg、201Tl、202Pb、203Pb、212Pb、212Bi、213Bi、225Ac和227Th。In one embodiment of the present invention, the above-mentioned conjugated drug represented by Formula I, Formula I-1, Formula I-2, Formula I-3, Formula I-4, Formula I-5 or Formula I-6 C in the precursor can chelate any of the following radionuclides: 47 Sc, 48 Sc, 51 Cr, 55 Fe, 64 Cu, 67 Cu, 69 Zn, 67 Ga, 68 Ga, 72 Ga, 72 As, 72 Se, 89 Sr, 88 Y, 90 Y, 99 Tc, 99m Tc, 97 Ru, 105 Rh, 109 Pd, 111 In, 119 Sb, 128 Ba, 139 La, 140 La, 142 Pr, 149 Pm, 153 Sm , 159 Gd, 165 Dy, 166 Ho, 169 Er, 175 Yb, 177 Lu, 186 Re, 188 Re, 198 Au, 199 Au, 197 Hg, 201 Tl, 202 Pb, 203 Pb, 212 Pb, 212 Bi, 213 Bi, 225 Ac and 227 Th.

在本发明的一项实施方案中,上述如式I、式I-1、式I-2、式I-3、式I-4、式I-5或式I-6所示的偶联药物前体物中的C可以螯合下列任一种放射性核素:64Cu、67Cu、67Ga、68Ga、89Sr、90Y、99mTc、111In、 119Sb、153Sm、166Ho、177Lu、186Re、188Re、198Au、199Au、201Tl、203Pb、212Bi、213Bi、225Ac和227Th,优选下列任一种放射性核素:64Cu、67Cu、111In、153Sm、177Lu、186Re、188Re、198Au和199Au。In one embodiment of the present invention, the above-mentioned conjugated drug represented by Formula I, Formula I-1, Formula I-2, Formula I-3, Formula I-4, Formula I-5 or Formula I-6 C in the precursor can chelate any of the following radionuclides: 64 Cu, 67 Cu, 67 Ga, 68 Ga, 89 Sr, 90 Y, 99m Tc, 111 In, 119 Sb, 153 Sm, 166 Ho, 177 Lu , 186 Re, 188 Re, 198 Au, 199 Au, 201 Tl, 203 Pb, 212 Bi, 213 Bi, 225 Ac and 227 Th, preferably any of the following radionuclides : 64 Cu, 67 Cu, 111 In, 153 Sm, 177 Lu, 186 Re, 188 Re, 198 Au and 199 Au.

在本发明的一项实施方案中,上述如式I、式I-1、式I-2、式I-3、式I-4、式I-5或式I-6所示的偶联药物前体物中的C可以螯合177Lu。In one embodiment of the present invention, the above-mentioned conjugated drug represented by Formula I, Formula I-1, Formula I-2, Formula I-3, Formula I-4, Formula I-5 or Formula I-6 C in the precursor can chelate 177 Lu.

在本发明中,螯合剂可以含有数目可变的多个杂原子(通常是N、O、S或P原子,尤其是N、O或S原子,优选N或O原子)以络合放射性核素,并且可以是环状的或非环状的(尤其是环状的)。In the present invention, the chelating agent may contain a variable number of heteroatoms (usually N, O, S or P atoms, especially N, O or S atoms, preferably N or O atoms) to complex radionuclides , and may be cyclic or non-cyclic (especially cyclic).

环状的螯合剂的实例包括,但不限于,1,4,7-三氮杂环壬烷;1,4,7-三氮杂环壬烷-三乙酸;1,4,7,10-四氮杂环十二烷;1,4,7,10-四氮杂环十三烷;1,4,7,11-四氮杂环十四烷;1,4,7,10-四氮杂环十二烷-1,4,7,10-四乙酸;2-(1,4,7,10-四氮杂环十二烷-1-基)乙酸;2,2'-(1,4,7,10-四氮杂环十二烷-1,7-二基)二乙酸;2,2',2”-(1,4,7,10-四氮杂环十二烷-1,4,7-三基)三乙酸;1,4,8,11-四氮杂环十四烷;1,4,8,12-四氮杂环十五烷;1,5,9,13-四氮杂环十六烷;2-(1,4,8,11-四氮杂环十四烷-1-基)乙酸;2,2’-(1,4,8,11-四氮杂环十四烷-1,8-二基)二乙酸等。Examples of cyclic chelating agents include, but are not limited to, 1,4,7-triazacyclononane; 1,4,7-triazacyclononane-triacetic acid; 1,4,7,10- Tetraazacyclododecane; 1,4,7,10-tetraazacyclotridecane; 1,4,7,11-tetraazacyclotetradecane; 1,4,7,10-tetraaza Heterocyclododecane-1,4,7,10-tetraacetic acid; 2-(1,4,7,10-tetraazacyclododecane-1-yl)acetic acid; 2,2'-(1, 4,7,10-tetraaacyclododecane-1,7-diyl)diacetic acid; 2,2',2″-(1,4,7,10-tetraaacyclododecane-1 ,4,7-triyl)triacetic acid; 1,4,8,11-tetraaacyclotetradecane; 1,4,8,12-tetraaacyclopentadecane; 1,5,9,13 -Tetraazacyclohexadecane; 2-(1,4,8,11-tetraazacyclotetradecan-1-yl)acetic acid; 2,2'-(1,4,8,11-tetraaza Heterocyclotetradecane-1,8-diyl)diacetic acid, etc.

非环状的螯合剂的实例包括,但不限于,乙二胺四乙酸(即2,2',2”,2”'-(乙烷-1,2-二基双(次氮基))四乙酸);二乙三胺五乙酸(即2,2',2”,2”'-((((羧基甲基)亚氮基)双(乙烷-2,1-二基))双(次氮基))四乙酸);2,2'-((2-((羧基甲基)(2-羟基乙基)氨基)乙基)亚氮基)二乙酸;2,3-双(2-巯基乙酰氨基)丙酸;2,2',2”,2”'-(((4'-(3-氨基-4-甲氧基苯基)-[2,2':6',2”-三联吡啶]-6,6”-二基)双(亚甲基))双(次氮基))四乙酸;2,2'-((1-羧基乙基)亚氮基)二乙酸;2,2'-(乙烷-1,2-二基双(亚氮基))双(2-(2-羟基苯基)乙酸);2,2',2”,2”'-((环己烷-1,2-二基)双(次氮基))四乙酸等。Examples of acyclic chelating agents include, but are not limited to, ethylenediaminetetraacetic acid (i.e., 2,2',2",2"'-(ethane-1,2-diylbis(nitrilo))) Tetraacetic acid); Diethylenetriaminepentaacetic acid (i.e. 2,2',2",2"'-(((carboxymethyl)nitrilo)bis(ethane-2,1-diyl))bis (nitrilo))tetraacetic acid); 2,2'-((2-((carboxymethyl)(2-hydroxyethyl)amino)ethyl)nitrilo)diacetic acid; 2,3-bis( 2-Mercaptoacetamido)propionic acid; 2,2',2",2"'-(((4'-(3-amino-4-methoxyphenyl)-[2,2':6', 2"-terpyridine]-6,6"-diyl)bis(methylene))bis(nitrilo))tetraacetic acid; 2,2'-((1-carboxyethyl)nitrilo)bis Acetic acid; 2,2'-(ethane-1,2-diylbis(nitrogen))bis(2-(2-hydroxyphenyl)acetic acid); 2,2',2",2"'- ((cyclohexane-1,2-diyl)bis(nitrilo))tetraacetic acid, etc.

在本发明的一项实施方案中,上述如式I、式I-1、式I-2、式I-3、式I-4、式I-5或式I-6所示的偶联药物前体物中的C可以由下列任一种螯合剂化合物形成。

In one embodiment of the present invention, the above-mentioned conjugated drug represented by Formula I, Formula I-1, Formula I-2, Formula I-3, Formula I-4, Formula I-5 or Formula I-6 C in the precursor can be formed from any of the following chelating compounds.

在本发明的一项实施方案中,上述如式I、式I-1、式I-2、式I-3、式I-4、式I-5或式I-6所示的偶联药物前体物中的C可以由式C-1螯合剂化合物形成。In one embodiment of the present invention, the above-mentioned conjugated drug represented by Formula I, Formula I-1, Formula I-2, Formula I-3, Formula I-4, Formula I-5 or Formula I-6 C in the precursor may be formed from a chelating agent compound of formula C-1.

在本发明中,由上述螯合剂化合物形成的C可以是多种多样的,本发明对此并未做出具体限制。例如,可以是结构中的羧基(优选位于主链端点上的羧基)失去羟基后得到的羧酰基(其可以与偶联药物前体物中其他结构片段的仲氨基相连,以形成酰胺基)。In the present invention, C formed by the above-mentioned chelating agent compound can be various, and the present invention does not impose any specific limitation on this. For example, it can be a carboxylic acid group obtained by losing the hydroxyl group from the carboxyl group in the structure (preferably the carboxyl group located at the end of the main chain) (which can be connected to the secondary amino group of other structural fragments in the coupled drug precursor to form an amide group).

在本发明的一项实施方案中,LG与C可以直接相连以形成放射性核素偶联药物前体物(即如式I-2所示的偶联药物前体物),例如,靶向配体通过其仲氨基(-NH-)与螯合剂的羧酰基(-C(=O)-)相连,以形成酰胺基(-NH-(C=O)-)。In one embodiment of the present invention, LG and C can be directly connected to form a radionuclide conjugated drug prodrug (i.e., a conjugated drug prodrug as shown in Formula I-2), for example, a targeted formulation The body is connected to the carboxylic acid group (-C(=O)-) of the chelating agent through its secondary amino group (-NH-) to form an amide group (-NH-(C=O)-).

进一步地,本发明的放射性核素偶联药物前体物中的连接子(即L)可以作为中间片段来连接螯合剂(C)和靶向配体(LG);或者,当偶联药物前体物结构中存在间隔子(S)时,L也可以作为中间片段来连接C和S。在本发明中,连接子既可以是可裂解的(或可降解的),也可以是不可裂解的(或不可降解的),并且优选后者。Further, the linker (i.e., L) in the radionuclide-conjugated drug prodrug of the present invention can be used as an intermediate fragment to connect the chelating agent (C) and the targeting ligand (LG); or, when conjugating the drug before When there is a spacer (S) in the body structure, L can also be used as an intermediate segment to connect C and S. In the present invention, the linker can be either cleavable (or degradable) or non-cleavable (or non-degradable), and the latter is preferred.

在本发明的一项实施方案中,上述如式I、式I-1、式I-3、式I-5或式I-6所示的偶联药物前体物中的L可以为式L-I、L-II、L-III、L-IV、L-V中的任一种,In one embodiment of the present invention, L in the above-mentioned conjugated drug prodrugs represented by Formula I, Formula I-1, Formula I-3, Formula I-5 or Formula I-6 can be Formula L-I , any one of L-II, L-III, L-IV, L-V,

优选 preferred

在式L-I(或L-I’)中,由*标注的一端连接偶联药物前体物中的LG或者以羟基或氨基封端,由**标注的一端连接偶联药物前体物中的LG或C或者以氢或乙酰基封端;R不存在或为由氨基酸形成的二价结构片段;优选地,R为由赖氨酸、色氨酸或缬氨酸形成的二价结构片段;In the formula L-I (or L-I'), the end marked with * is connected to LG in the conjugated drug precursor or is terminated with a hydroxyl or amino group, and the end marked with ** is connected to LG in the conjugated drug precursor. LG or C is either terminated with hydrogen or an acetyl group; R is absent or is a bivalent structural fragment formed of amino acids; preferably, R is a bivalent structural fragment formed of lysine, tryptophan or valine;

优选地,在式L-I(或L-I’)中,由*标注的一端连接偶联药物前体物中的LG或者以羟基或氨基封端,左侧由**标注的一端连接偶联药物前体物中的C,右侧由**标注的一端连接偶联药物前体物中的LG或者以氢或乙酰基封端;R不存在或为由赖氨酸(Lys)形成的二价结构片段;
Preferably, in formula LI (or L-I'), the end marked with * is connected to the LG in the conjugated drug precursor or is terminated with a hydroxyl or amino group, and the end marked with ** on the left side is connected to the conjugated drug. C in the precursor, the end marked with ** on the right side is connected to LG in the conjugated drug precursor or is terminated with hydrogen or acetyl group; R does not exist or is a bivalent formed by lysine (Lys) structural fragment;

在式L-II中,由***标注的一端连接偶联药物前体物中的S或LG,由**标注的一端连接偶联药物前体物中的C;X为NH或O,优选NH;n为2-8中的任一整数,优选为5;In formula L-II, the end marked by *** is connected to S or LG in the conjugated drug precursor, and the end marked by ** is connected to C in the conjugated drug precursor; X is NH or O, Preferably NH; n is any integer from 2 to 8, preferably 5;

优选 preferred

在式L-III(或L-III’)中,由***标注的一端连接偶联药物前体物中的S或LG,由**标注的一端连接偶联药物前体物中的C;X不存在或为NH或O,优选NH;n为1-4中的任一整数,优选为1;In the formula L-III (or L-III'), the end marked with *** is connected to S or LG in the conjugated drug precursor, and the end marked with ** is connected to C in the conjugated drug precursor. ; X does not exist or is NH or O, preferably NH; n is any integer from 1 to 4, preferably 1;

优选 preferred

在式L-IV(或L-IV’)中,由*标注的一端连接偶联药物前体物中的LG或者以羟基或氨基封端,由**标注的一端连接偶联药物前体物中的LG或C或者以氢或乙酰基封端;n为1-6中的任一整数;In the formula L-IV (or L-IV'), the end marked with * is connected to the LG in the conjugated drug precursor or is terminated with a hydroxyl or amino group, and the end marked with ** is connected to the conjugated drug precursor. LG or C in is either terminated with hydrogen or acetyl group; n is any integer from 1 to 6;

优选地,在式L-IV(或L-IV’)中,由*标注的一端以羟基封端,左侧由**标注的一端连接偶联药物前体物中的C,右侧由**标注的一端连接偶联药物前体物中的LG;n为4;
Preferably, in the formula L-IV (or L-IV'), the end marked by * is terminated with a hydroxyl group, the end marked by ** on the left is connected to C in the conjugated drug precursor, and the end marked by * on the right *The marked end is connected to LG in the conjugated drug precursor; n is 4;

在式L-V中,由*标注的一端连接偶联药物前体物中的LG,由**标注的一端连接偶联药物前体物中的C;n为1-5中的任一整数;R1不存在或为-NH-CH2-CH2-NH-;R2不存在或为其中由*标注的一端连接式L-V中的NH,m为1-7中的任一整数;In the formula LV, the end marked with * is connected to LG in the conjugated drug precursor, and the end marked with ** is connected to C in the conjugated drug precursor; n is any integer from 1 to 5; R 1 does not exist or is -NH-CH 2 -CH 2 -NH-; R 2 does not exist or is One end marked with * is connected to NH in LV, and m is any integer from 1 to 7;

优选地,在式L-V中,由*标注的一端连接偶联药物前体物中的LG,由**标注的一端连接偶联药物前体物中的C;n为2或3;当R1不存在时,R2不存在或为其中由*标注的一端连接式L-V中的NH,m为5;或者,当R1为-NH-CH2-CH2-NH-时,R2不存在。Preferably, in the formula LV, the end marked with * is connected to LG in the conjugated drug precursor, and the end marked with ** is connected to C in the conjugated drug precursor; n is 2 or 3; when R 1 does not exist, R 2 does not exist or is One end marked with * is connected to NH in formula LV, and m is 5; or, when R 1 is -NH-CH 2 -CH 2 -NH-, R 2 does not exist.

在本发明的一项实施方案中,上述如式I、式I-1、式I-3、式I-5或式I-6所示的偶联药物前体物中的L可以为下列结构片段中的任一种,其中由*标注的一端连接偶联药物前体物中的LG,由**标注的一端连接偶联药物前体物中的LG或C,由***标注的一端连接偶联药物前体物中的S或LG。

In one embodiment of the present invention, L in the above-mentioned conjugated drug prodrugs represented by Formula I, Formula I-1, Formula I-3, Formula I-5 or Formula I-6 can be the following structure Any of the fragments, in which the end marked by * is connected to LG in the conjugated drug precursor, the end marked by ** is connected to LG or C in the conjugated drug precursor, and the end marked by *** is connected Conjugate S or LG in the prodrug.

在本发明的一项实施方案中,上述如式I、式I-1、式I-3、式I-5或式I-6所示的偶联药物前体物中的L可以为式L-1、L-2、L-3、L-10、L-11、L-12、L-13、L-14、L-15之一。In one embodiment of the present invention, L in the above-mentioned conjugated drug prodrugs represented by Formula I, Formula I-1, Formula I-3, Formula I-5 or Formula I-6 can be Formula L -1, one of L-2, L-3, L-10, L-11, L-12, L-13, L-14, L-15.

在本发明的一些实施方案中,上述如式I-1或式1-5所示的偶联药物前体物中的L可以为式L-I、L-III、L-IV、L-V之一;优选地,L可以为式L-3、L-3A、L-3B、L-10、L-11、L-12、L-13、L-14、L-15之一。In some embodiments of the present invention, L in the above-mentioned conjugated drug prodrugs represented by Formula I-1 or Formula 1-5 can be one of Formulas L-I, L-III, L-IV, and L-V; preferably Land, L can be one of the formulas L-3, L-3A, L-3B, L-10, L-11, L-12, L-13, L-14, and L-15.

在本发明的一些实施方案中,上述如式I-3所示的偶联药物前体物中的L可以为式L-II、L-III;优选地,L可以为式L-2、L-3、L-3A、L-3B之一;更优选地,L可以为式L-2。In some embodiments of the present invention, L in the above-mentioned conjugated drug prodrug as shown in formula I-3 can be formula L-II, L-III; preferably, L can be formula L-2, L -3. One of L-3A and L-3B; more preferably, L can be formula L-2.

在本发明的一些实施方案中,上述如式I-6所示的偶联药物前体物中的L可以为式L-1、L-1A之一。In some embodiments of the present invention, L in the above-mentioned conjugated drug prodrug represented by formula I-6 can be one of formulas L-1 and L-1A.

在本发明中,上述L可以与LG、C和可选的S连接。例如,通过氨基与羧基之间的缩合反应而相互连接;具体地,既可以是连接子化合物中的伯氨基(优选位于主链端点上的伯氨基)与其他化合物中的羧基经缩合反应形成酰胺基,也可以是连接子化合物中的羧基(优选位于主链端点上的羧基)与其他化合物中的伯氨基经缩合反应形成酰胺基。In the present invention, the above-mentioned L can be connected with LG, C and optional S. For example, they are connected to each other through a condensation reaction between amino groups and carboxyl groups; specifically, it can be a condensation reaction between the primary amino group in the linker compound (preferably the primary amino group located at the end of the main chain) and the carboxyl group in other compounds to form an amide. The group can also be a carboxyl group in the linker compound (preferably the carboxyl group located at the end of the main chain) and a primary amino group in other compounds to form an amide group through a condensation reaction.

在本发明的一项实施方案中,当仅含有一个LG时,L可以连接LG与C,以形成放射性核素偶联药物前体物(即如式I-1所示的偶联药物前体物),例如,靶向配体通过其仲氨基与连接子的羧酰基相连,同时,连接子通过其仲氨基与螯合剂的羧酰基相连,分别形成酰胺基。In one embodiment of the present invention, when only one LG is contained, L can connect LG and C to form a radionuclide conjugated drug prodrug (i.e., a conjugated drug prodrug as shown in Formula I-1 ), for example, the targeting ligand is connected to the carboxyl group of the linker through its secondary amino group, and at the same time, the linker is connected to the carboxyl group of the chelating agent through its secondary amino group to form an amide group respectively.

在本发明的另一项实施方案中,当含有两个LG时,L可以连接其中一个LG(其还与另一个LG相连)与C,以形成放射性核素偶联药物前体物(即如式I-5所示的偶联药物前体物),例如,第一靶向配体通过其仲氨基与第二靶向配体的羧酰基相连,第二靶向配体通过其仲氨基与连接子的羧酰基相连,同时,连接子通过其仲氨基与螯合剂的羧酰基相连,分别形成酰胺基。In another embodiment of the invention, when two LGs are contained, L can connect one of the LGs (which is also connected to the other LG) with C to form a radionuclide conjugated drug precursor (i.e., as Coupled drug prodrugs represented by formula I-5), for example, the first targeting ligand is connected to the carboxylic group of the second targeting ligand through its secondary amino group, and the second targeting ligand is connected to the carboxylic acid group of the second targeting ligand through its secondary amino group. The carboxyl group of the linker is connected, and at the same time, the linker is connected to the carboxyl group of the chelating agent through its secondary amino group to form an amide group respectively.

在本发明的又一项实施方案中,当含有两个LG时,L可以同时连接两个LG(其彼此不相连)与C,以形成放射性核素偶联药物前体物(即如式I-6所示的偶联药物前体物),例如,第一靶向配体和第二靶向配体各自独立地通过其仲氨基或羧酰基与连接子的羧酰基或仲氨基对应相连,同时,连接子通过其仲氨基与螯合剂的羧酰基相连,以形成酰胺基。In yet another embodiment of the present invention, when two LGs are contained, L can simultaneously connect two LGs (which are not connected to each other) and C to form a radionuclide conjugated drug precursor (i.e., as shown in Formula I The coupled drug precursor shown in -6), for example, the first targeting ligand and the second targeting ligand are each independently connected to the carboxylic acid group or secondary amino group of the linker through its secondary amino group or carboxylic acid group, At the same time, the linker is connected to the carboxylic acid group of the chelating agent through its secondary amino group to form an amide group.

进一步地,当本发明的放射性核素偶联药物前体物含有两个靶向配体(LG)时,可以利用间隔子(即S)作为中间片段来连接螯合剂(C)和靶向配体(LG);或者,当偶联物结构中存在连接子(L)时,也可以利用S作为中间片段来连接L和LG。在本发明中,间隔子既可以是可裂解的(或可降解的),也可以是不可裂解的(或不可降解的),并且优选后者。Further, when the radionuclide-conjugated drug precursor of the present invention contains two targeting ligands (LG), a spacer (i.e., S) can be used as an intermediate segment to connect the chelating agent (C) and the targeting ligand. body (LG); alternatively, when there is a linker (L) in the conjugate structure, S can also be used as an intermediate segment to connect L and LG. In the present invention, the spacer may be either cleavable (or degradable) or non-cleavable (or non-degradable), and the latter is preferred.

在本发明的一项实施方案中,上述如式I、式I-3或式I-4所示的偶联药物前体物中的S可以为式S-I、S-II、S-III中的任一种,In one embodiment of the present invention, S in the above-mentioned conjugated drug prodrug as shown in Formula I, Formula I-3 or Formula I-4 can be in Formula S-I, S-II or S-III. any kind,

优选 preferred

在式S-I(或S-I’)中,由*标注的一端连接偶联药物前体物中的一个LG,由**标注的其中一端连接偶联药物前体物中的另一个LG,由**标注的另一端连接偶联药物前体物中的L或C;A1~A3各自独立地为由氨基酸形成的二价结构片段;优选地,A1~A3各自独立地为由Asp、Lys、Glu、His或Trp形成 的二价结构片段;n和m各自独立地为2-8中的任一整数;In the formula SI (or S-I'), one end marked by * is connected to one LG in the conjugated drug precursor, one end marked by ** is connected to the other LG in the conjugated drug precursor, and **The other end marked is connected to L or C in the conjugated drug prodrug; A 1 to A 3 are each independently a bivalent structural fragment formed of amino acids; preferably, A 1 to A 3 are each independently a bivalent structural fragment. Asp, Lys, Glu, His or Trp formation A bivalent structural fragment; n and m are each independently any integer from 2 to 8;

优选地,在式S-I(或S-I’)中,由*标注的一端连接偶联药物前体物中的一个LG,上方由**标注的一端连接偶联药物前体物中的另一个LG,下方由**标注的一端连接偶联药物前体物中的L或C;A1-A2-A3为-Asp-Asp-Lys;m为4,n为4;Preferably, in formula SI (or S-I'), the end marked with * is connected to one LG of the conjugated drug precursor, and the end marked with ** above is connected to the other end of the conjugated drug precursor. LG, the end marked with ** below is connected to L or C in the conjugated drug precursor; A 1 -A 2 -A 3 is -Asp-Asp-Lys; m is 4, n is 4;

优选 preferred

在式S-II(或S-II’)中,由*标注的一端连接偶联药物前体物中的一个LG,由**标注的其中一端连接偶联药物前体物中的另一个LG,由**标注的另一端连接偶联药物前体物中的L或C;n为2-6中的任一整数,优选n为4;In the formula S-II (or S-II'), one end marked with * is connected to one LG in the conjugated drug precursor, and one end marked with ** is connected to the other LG in the conjugated drug precursor. , the other end marked by ** is connected to L or C in the conjugated drug precursor; n is any integer from 2 to 6, preferably n is 4;

优选 preferred

在式S-III(或S-III’)中,由*标注的一端连接偶联药物前体物中的LG,由**标注的一端连接偶联药物前体物中的L或C;n为1-5中的任一整数,优选n为1或2。In formula S-III (or S-III'), the end marked with * is connected to LG in the conjugated drug precursor, and the end marked with ** is connected to L or C in the conjugated drug precursor; n is any integer from 1 to 5, preferably n is 1 or 2.

在本发明的一项实施方案中,上述如式I、式I-3或式I-4所示的偶联药物前体物中的S可以为下列结构片段中的任一种,其中由*标注的一端连接偶联药物前体物中的一个LG,由**标注的一端连接偶联药物前体物中的另一个LG,由***标注的一端连接偶联药物前体物中的L或C。

In one embodiment of the present invention, S in the above-mentioned conjugated drug prodrug as shown in Formula I, Formula I-3 or Formula I-4 can be any one of the following structural fragments, wherein * The end marked by *** is connected to one LG in the conjugated drug precursor, the end marked by ** is connected to the other LG in the conjugated drug precursor, and the end marked by *** is connected to the LG in the conjugated drug precursor. L or C.

在本发明的一项实施方案中,上述如式I、式I-3或式I-4所示的偶联药物前体物中的S可以为式S-6、S-9、S-13、S-18之一。In one embodiment of the present invention, S in the above-mentioned conjugated drug prodrug as shown in Formula I, Formula I-3 or Formula I-4 can be Formula S-6, S-9, S-13 , one of S-18.

在本发明的一项实施方案中,上述如式I-3所示的偶联药物前体物中的S可以为式S-II、S-III之一;优选地,S可以为式S-13、S-18之一;更优选地,S可以为式S-13。In one embodiment of the present invention, S in the above-mentioned conjugated drug prodrug as shown in formula I-3 can be one of the formulas S-II and S-III; preferably, S can be the formula S- 13. One of S-18; more preferably, S can be formula S-13.

在本发明的一项实施方案中,上述如式I-4所示的偶联药物前体物中的S可以为式S-I、S-II之一;优选地,S可以为式S-6、S-9、S-13之一。In one embodiment of the present invention, S in the above-mentioned conjugated drug prodrug as shown in formula I-4 can be one of formulas S-I and S-II; preferably, S can be formula S-6, One of S-9 and S-13.

在本发明中,上述S可以与LG、C和可选的L连接。例如,通过氨基与羧基之间的缩合反应而相互连接;具体地,既可以是间隔子化合物中的伯氨基(优选位于主链端点上的伯氨基)与其他化合物中的羧基经缩合反应形成酰胺基,也可以是间隔子化合物中的羧基(优选位于主链端点上的羧基)与其他化合物中的伯氨基经缩合反应形成酰胺基。In the present invention, the above-mentioned S can be connected with LG, C and optional L. For example, they are connected to each other through a condensation reaction between amino groups and carboxyl groups; specifically, it can be a condensation reaction between a primary amino group in a spacer compound (preferably a primary amino group located at the end of the main chain) and a carboxyl group in other compounds to form an amide. The group can also be a carboxyl group in the spacer compound (preferably the carboxyl group located at the end of the main chain) and a primary amino group in other compounds to form an amide group through a condensation reaction.

在本发明的一项实施方案中,S可以同时连接两个LG(其彼此不相连)与C,以形成放射性核素偶联药物前体物(即如式I-4所示的偶联药物前体物),例如,第一靶向配体和第二靶向配体各自独立地通过其仲氨基或羧酰基与间隔子的羧酰基或仲氨基对应相连,同时,间隔子通过其仲氨基与螯合剂的羧酰基相连,分别形成酰胺基。In one embodiment of the present invention, S can simultaneously connect two LGs (which are not connected to each other) and C to form a radionuclide conjugated drug precursor (i.e., a conjugated drug as shown in Formula I-4 Precursor), for example, the first targeting ligand and the second targeting ligand are each independently connected to the carboxyl group or secondary amino group of the spacer through its secondary amino group or carboxyl group, and at the same time, the spacer is connected through its secondary amino group Connected to the carboxylic acid group of the chelating agent to form an amide group respectively.

在本发明的另一项实施方案中,S可以同时连接两个LG(其彼此不相连)与L,再通过L连接C,以形成放射性核素偶联药物前体物(即如式I-3所示的偶联药物前体物),例如,第一靶向配体和第二靶向配体各自独立地通过其仲氨基或羧酰基与间隔子的羧酰基或仲氨基对应相连,间隔子通过其仲氨基与连接子的羧酰基相连,同时,连接子通过其仲氨基与螯合剂的羧酰基相连,分别形成酰胺基。In another embodiment of the present invention, S can simultaneously connect two LG (which are not connected to each other) and L, and then connect C through L to form a radionuclide conjugated drug precursor (ie, as shown in Formula I- The coupled drug prodrug shown in 3), for example, the first targeting ligand and the second targeting ligand are each independently connected to the carboxyl group or secondary amino group of the spacer through its secondary amino group or carboxyl group, and the spacer The linker is connected to the carboxyl group of the linker through its secondary amino group, and at the same time, the linker is connected to the carboxyl group of the chelating agent through its secondary amino group to form an amide group respectively.

在本发明的一项实施方案中,在式I-1中,In one embodiment of the invention, in formula I-1,

LG可以由式LG-I、LG-IV、LG-V中的任一种配体化合物(或其光学异构体)形成;优选地,可以由式LG-1B、LG-1D、LG-1E、LG-4、LG-6中的任一种配体化合物(或其光学异构体)形成;LG can be formed from any of the ligand compounds (or optical isomers thereof) in the formulas LG-I, LG-IV, and LG-V; preferably, it can be formed from the formulas LG-1B, LG-1D, and LG-1E. , any one of the ligand compounds (or optical isomers thereof) in LG-4 and LG-6 is formed;

L可以为式L-I、L-IV、L-V之一(或其光学异构体);优选地,可以为L-10、L-11、L-12、L-13、L-14、L-15之一(或其光学异构体);L can be one of the formulas L-I, L-IV, L-V (or its optical isomer); preferably, it can be L-10, L-11, L-12, L-13, L-14, L-15 One (or its optical isomer);

C可以由式C-1螯合剂化合物形成。C can be formed from a chelating compound of formula C-1.

在本发明的一项实施方案中,在式I-2中,In one embodiment of the invention, in Formula I-2,

LG可以由式LG-I、LG-III或LG-5中的任一种配体化合物(或其光学异构体)形成;优选地,可以由式LG-1D、LG-3、LG-5中的任一种配体化合物(或其光学异构体)形成;LG can be formed by any ligand compound (or its optical isomer) in the formula LG-I, LG-III or LG-5; preferably, it can be formed by the formula LG-1D, LG-3, LG-5 Any one of the ligand compounds (or its optical isomers) is formed;

C可以由式C-1螯合剂化合物形成。C can be formed from a chelating compound of formula C-1.

在本发明的一项实施方案中,在式I-3中,In one embodiment of the invention, in formula I-3,

两个LG可以分别由式LG-I、LG-IV、LG-V、LG-VI、LG-VII、LG-VIII、中的任一种配体化合物(或其光学异构体)形成;优选地,可以由式LG-I和LG-IV、LG-I和LG-VI、LG-I和LG-VII、LG-I和LG-VIII、LG-IV和LG-IV、LG-IV和LG-V、LG-IV和LG-VI或者LG-IV和LG-VII配体化合物(或其光学异构体)形成;更优选地,可以由式LG-1和LG-11、LG-1B和LG-4、LG-1B和LG-7、LG-1B和LG-8A、 LG-1B和LG-10、LG-4A和LG-4B、LG-4A和LG-6C、LG-4A和LG-7A或者LG-4A和LG-8B配体化合物(或其光学异构体)形成;进一步优选地,可以由式LG-1B和LG-4、LG-1B和LG-10或者LG-4A和LG-4B配体化合物(或其光学异构体)形成;The two LGs can be respectively formed by any one of the ligand compounds (or optical isomers thereof) in the formulas LG-I, LG-IV, LG-V, LG-VI, LG-VII, LG-VIII; preferably Ground, can be represented by the formula LG-I and LG-IV, LG-I and LG-VI, LG-I and LG-VII, LG-I and LG-VIII, LG-IV and LG-IV, LG-IV and LG -V, LG-IV and LG-VI or LG-IV and LG-VII ligand compounds (or optical isomers thereof) are formed; more preferably, they can be formed by formulas LG-1 and LG-11, LG-1B and LG-4, LG-1B and LG-7, LG-1B and LG-8A, LG-1B and LG-10, LG-4A and LG-4B, LG-4A and LG-6C, LG-4A and LG-7A or LG-4A and LG-8B ligand compounds (or optical isomers thereof) Formed; further preferably, can be formed by formulas LG-1B and LG-4, LG-1B and LG-10 or LG-4A and LG-4B ligand compounds (or optical isomers thereof);

S可以为式S-II、S-III之一(或其光学异构体);优选地,可以为式S-13、S-18之一(或其光学异构体);更优选地,可以为式S-13(或其光学异构体);S can be one of the formulas S-II and S-III (or its optical isomer); preferably, it can be one of the formulas S-13 and S-18 (or its optical isomer); more preferably, It can be formula S-13 (or its optical isomer);

L可以为式L-II、L-III之一(或其光学异构体);优选地,为式L-2、L-3之一;更优选地,L可以为式L-2;L can be one of the formulas L-II and L-III (or its optical isomer); preferably, it can be one of the formulas L-2 and L-3; more preferably, L can be the formula L-2;

C可以由式C-1螯合剂化合物形成。C can be formed from a chelating compound of formula C-1.

在本发明的一项实施方案中,在式I-4中,In one embodiment of the invention, in formula I-4,

两个LG可以分别由式LG-I、LG-II、LG-III中的任一种配体化合物(或其光学异构体)形成;优选地,可以由式LG-I和LG-II、LG-I和LG-III或者LG-II和LG-III配体化合物(或其光学异构体)形成;更优选地,可以由式LG-1和LG-2、LG-1E和LG-3或者LG-2和LG-3配体化合物(或其光学异构体)形成;The two LGs can be formed by any ligand compound (or its optical isomer) in the formulas LG-I, LG-II, and LG-III respectively; preferably, they can be formed by the formulas LG-I and LG-II, LG-I and LG-III or LG-II and LG-III ligand compounds (or optical isomers thereof) are formed; more preferably, they can be formed by formulas LG-1 and LG-2, LG-1E and LG-3 or the formation of LG-2 and LG-3 ligand compounds (or optical isomers thereof);

S可以为式S-I、S-II之一(或其光学异构体);优选地,可以为式S-6、S-9、S-13之一(或其光学异构体);S can be one of the formulas S-I and S-II (or its optical isomer); preferably, it can be one of the formulas S-6, S-9 and S-13 (or its optical isomer);

C可以由式C-1螯合剂化合物形成。C can be formed from a chelating compound of formula C-1.

在本发明的一项实施方案中,在式I-5中,In one embodiment of the invention, in Formula I-5,

两个LG可以分别由式LG-I和LG-VIII配体化合物(或其光学异构体)形成;优选地,可以由式LG-1和LG-9配体化合物(或其光学异构体)形成,且由式LG-9配体化合物(或其光学异构体)形成的LG与L相连;The two LGs can be formed by ligand compounds of formulas LG-I and LG-VIII (or optical isomers thereof) respectively; preferably, they can be formed by ligand compounds of formulas LG-1 and LG-9 (or optical isomers thereof). ) is formed, and LG formed by the ligand compound of formula LG-9 (or its optical isomer) is connected to L;

L可以为式L-III(或其光学异构体);优选地,可以为式L-3(或其光学异构体);L can be formula L-III (or its optical isomer); preferably, it can be formula L-3 (or its optical isomer);

C可以由式C-1螯合剂化合物形成。C can be formed from a chelating compound of formula C-1.

在本发明的一项实施方案中,在式I-6中,In one embodiment of the invention, in Formula I-6,

两个LG可以分别由式LG-I、LG-II、LG-III中的任一种配体化合物(或其光学异构体)形成;优选地,可以由式LG-I和LG-II、LG-I和LG-III或者LG-II和LG-III配体化合物(或其光学异构体)形成;更优选地,可以由式LG-1E和LG-3、LG-1L和LG-2或者LG-2和LG-3配体化合物(或其光学异构体)形成;The two LGs can be formed by any ligand compound (or its optical isomer) in the formulas LG-I, LG-II, and LG-III respectively; preferably, they can be formed by the formulas LG-I and LG-II, LG-I and LG-III or LG-II and LG-III ligand compounds (or optical isomers thereof) are formed; more preferably, they can be formed by formulas LG-1E and LG-3, LG-1L and LG-2 or the formation of LG-2 and LG-3 ligand compounds (or optical isomers thereof);

L可以为式L-I(或其光学异构体);优选地,可以为式L-1、L-1A之一(或其光学异构体);L can be formula L-I (or its optical isomer); preferably, it can be one of formula L-1 and L-1A (or its optical isomer);

C可以由式C-1螯合剂化合物形成。C can be formed from a chelating compound of formula C-1.

在本发明中,用于构建放射性核素偶联药物前体物的不同结构片段之间可以通过酰胺基串联彼此,而酰胺基又可以通过伯氨基(例如,形成连接子、间隔子或靶向配体的化合物中的末端氨基)与羧基(例如,形成螯合剂的化合物中的多个羧基)的缩合反应来形成。通常,上述缩合反应可以在偶合试剂的存在下进行,以便将羧酸活化为较佳的亲电子试剂,进而促进反应的正向进行。示例性的偶合试剂包括,但不限于,EDC(1-乙基-3-(3-二甲基氨基丙基)碳二亚胺)、DCC(二环己基碳二亚胺)、HOBt(1-羟基苯并三唑)、HATU(O-(7-氮杂苯并三唑-1-基)-N,N,N’,N’-四甲基脲六氟磷酸盐)等。另外,酰胺键的形成还可以通过N-羟基丁二酰亚胺(NHS)活化羧酸以形成丁二酰亚胺酯的方式来实现,该酯可以与胺在无任何其他偶合试剂的情况下进一步反应。In the present invention, different structural fragments used to construct radionuclide-conjugated drug prodrugs can be connected to each other in series through amide groups, and the amide groups can in turn be connected through primary amino groups (for example, to form linkers, spacers or targeting It is formed by the condensation reaction of the terminal amino group in the compound of the ligand) and the carboxyl group (for example, multiple carboxyl groups in the compound that forms the chelating agent). Usually, the above-mentioned condensation reaction can be carried out in the presence of a coupling reagent in order to activate the carboxylic acid into a better electrophile, thereby promoting the forward progress of the reaction. Exemplary coupling reagents include, but are not limited to, EDC (1-ethyl-3-(3-dimethylaminopropyl)carbodiimide), DCC (dicyclohexylcarbodiimide), HOBt (1 -hydroxybenzotriazole), HATU (O-(7-azabenzotriazole-1-yl)-N,N,N',N'-tetramethylurea hexafluorophosphate), etc. Alternatively, amide bond formation can also be achieved by activating carboxylic acids with N-hydroxysuccinimide (NHS) to form succinimide esters, which can be combined with amines without any other coupling reagents. further reaction.

<第二方面><Second aspect>

本发明提供了放射性核素偶联药物前体物的下列具体呈现形式。






The present invention provides the following specific presentation forms of radionuclide conjugated drug precursors.






优选地,本发明提供了放射性核素偶联药物前体物的下列具体呈现形式。






Preferably, the present invention provides the following specific presentation forms of radionuclide-conjugated drug precursors.






同时,本发明还提供了一种双配体化合物,其可以直接连接或者通过连接片段间接连接螯合剂,从而得到本发明的放射性核素偶联药物前体物。At the same time, the present invention also provides a dual-ligand compound, which can be directly connected or indirectly connected to a chelating agent through a connecting fragment, thereby obtaining the radionuclide-conjugated drug precursor of the present invention.

在本发明中,上述双配体化合物可以为下列具体呈现形式。





In the present invention, the above-mentioned dual-ligand compound may be in the following specific presentation forms.





<第三方面><Third aspect>

本发明提供了一种放射性核素偶联药物,其包含<第一方面>或<第二方面>中所述的放射性核素偶联药物前体物,以及与其螯合的放射性同位素。The present invention provides a radionuclide-conjugated drug, which includes the radionuclide-conjugated drug precursor described in the <first aspect> or the <second aspect>, and a radioactive isotope chelated thereto.

在本发明的一项实施方案中,上述放射性核素偶联药物中的放射性同位素选自47Sc、48Sc、51Cr、55Fe、64Cu、67Cu、69Zn、67Ga、68Ga、72Ga、72As、72Se、89Sr、88Y、90Y、99Tc、99mTc、97Ru、105Rh、109Pd、111In、119Sb、128Ba、139La、140La、142Pr、149Pm、153Sm、159Gd、165Dy、166Ho、169Er、175Yb、177Lu、186Re、188Re、198Au、199Au、197Hg、201Tl、202Pb、203Pb、212Pb、212Bi、213Bi、225Ac和227Th中的任一种。In one embodiment of the present invention, the radioactive isotope in the above-mentioned radionuclide conjugated drug is selected from 47 Sc, 48 Sc, 51 Cr, 55 Fe, 64 Cu, 67 Cu, 69 Zn, 67 Ga, 68 Ga, 72 Ga, 72 As, 72 Se, 89 Sr, 88 Y, 90 Y, 99 Tc, 99m Tc, 97 Ru, 105 Rh, 109 Pd, 111 In, 119 Sb, 128 Ba, 139 La, 140 La, 142 Pr , 149 Pm, 153 Sm, 159 Gd, 165 Dy, 166 Ho, 169 Er, 175 Yb, 177 Lu, 186 Re, 188 Re, 198 Au, 199 Au, 197 Hg, 201 Tl, 202 Pb, 203 Pb, 212 Any of Pb, 212 Bi, 213 Bi, 225 Ac and 227 Th.

在本发明的一项实施方案中,上述放射性核素偶联药物中的放射性同位素选自64Cu、67Cu、67Ga、68Ga、89Sr、90Y、99mTc、111In、119Sb、153Sm、166Ho、177Lu、186Re、188Re、198Au、199Au、201Tl、203Pb、212Bi、213Bi、225Ac和227Th中的任一种,优选64Cu、67Cu、111In、153Sm、177Lu、186Re、188Re、198Au和199Au中的任一种。In one embodiment of the present invention, the radioactive isotope in the above-mentioned radionuclide conjugated drug is selected from 64 Cu, 67 Cu , 67 Ga, 68 Ga, 89 Sr, 90 Y, 99m Tc , 111 In , 119 Sb, Any one of 153 Sm, 166 Ho, 177 Lu, 186 Re, 188 Re, 198 Au, 199 Au, 201 Tl, 203 Pb, 212 Bi, 213 Bi, 225 Ac and 227 Th, preferably 64 Cu, 67 Cu , any one of 111 In, 153 Sm, 177 Lu, 186 Re, 188 Re, 198 Au and 199 Au.

在本发明的一项实施方案中,上述放射性核素偶联药物中的放射性同位素为177Lu。In one embodiment of the present invention, the radioisotope in the above-mentioned radionuclide conjugated drug is 177 Lu.

<第四方面><The fourth aspect>

本发明提供了一种药物组合物,其包含<第一方面>或<第二方面>中所述的放射性核素偶联药物前体物或者<第三方面>中所述的放射性核素偶联药物。The present invention provides a pharmaceutical composition, which contains the radionuclide conjugated drug precursor described in the <first aspect> or the <second aspect> or the radionuclide conjugated drug precursor described in the <third aspect>. combined drugs.

优选地,所述药物组合物还包含至少一种药学上可接受的辅料。Preferably, the pharmaceutical composition further contains at least one pharmaceutically acceptable excipient.

<第五方面><Fifth aspect>

本发明提供了<第一方面>或<第二方面>中所述的放射性核素偶联药物前体物或者<第三方面>中所述的放射性核素偶联药物或者<第四方面>中所述的药物组合物在制备用于预防和/或治疗疾病或病症的药物中的应用。The present invention provides the radionuclide-conjugated drug precursor described in the <first aspect> or the <second aspect> or the radionuclide-conjugated drug described in the <third aspect> or the <fourth aspect> Use of the pharmaceutical composition described in for the preparation of medicaments for the prevention and/or treatment of diseases or conditions.

<第六方面><Sixth aspect>

本发明提供了<第一方面>或<第二方面>中所述的放射性核素偶联药物前体物或者<第三方面>中所述的放射性核素偶联药物或者<第四方面>中所述的药物组合物,其用于预防和/或治疗疾病或病症。The present invention provides the radionuclide-conjugated drug precursor described in the <first aspect> or the <second aspect> or the radionuclide-conjugated drug described in the <third aspect> or the <fourth aspect> The pharmaceutical composition described in is used to prevent and/or treat diseases or conditions.

<第七方面><Seventh aspect>

本发明提供了一种用于预防和/或治疗疾病或病症的方法,其包括:The present invention provides a method for preventing and/or treating a disease or condition, comprising:

将预防和/或治疗有效量的<第一方面>或<第二方面>中所述的放射性核素偶联药物前体物或者<第三方面>中所述的放射性核素偶联药物或者<第四方面>中所述的药物组合物施用于对其有需要的个体。A prophylactically and/or therapeutically effective amount of the radionuclide-conjugated drug precursor described in the <first aspect> or the <second aspect> or the radionuclide-conjugated drug described in the <third aspect> or The pharmaceutical composition described in <Fourth Aspect> is administered to an individual in need thereof.

优选地,在<第五方面>、<第六方面>和/或<第七方面>中,所述疾病或病症为癌症,优选前列腺癌、乳腺癌、肝癌、胰腺癌、卵巢癌、胃癌或肺癌。 Preferably, in the <fifth aspect>, <sixth aspect> and/or <seventh aspect>, the disease or condition is cancer, preferably prostate cancer, breast cancer, liver cancer, pancreatic cancer, ovarian cancer, gastric cancer or Lung cancer.

发明的效果Effect of the invention

本发明的放射性核素偶联药物(或其药学上可接受的衍生形式,例如加成盐)可将放射性核素特异性地递送至靶细胞。当偶联药物含有一个靶向配体(LG)时,其能够特异性地将放射性核素递送至靶细胞;而当偶联药物含有两个靶向配体(LG)时,其能够以多种方式发挥作用,提高治疗效果,降低毒副作用;同时,两个靶向配体(LG)的存在还增强了偶联药物对靶细胞的亲和性,降低了脱靶毒性。The radionuclide conjugated drug of the present invention (or its pharmaceutically acceptable derivative form, such as an addition salt) can specifically deliver radionuclides to target cells. When the conjugated drug contains one targeting ligand (LG), it can specifically deliver radionuclides to target cells; and when the conjugated drug contains two targeting ligands (LG), it can deliver radionuclides to target cells in multiple ways. It works in this way to improve the therapeutic effect and reduce toxic and side effects; at the same time, the existence of two targeting ligands (LG) also enhances the affinity of the conjugated drug to the target cells and reduces off-target toxicity.

附图说明Description of the drawings

图1为化合物1’的HPLC图谱。Figure 1 is the HPLC spectrum of compound 1’.

图2为化合物1’的LC-MS图谱。Figure 2 is the LC-MS spectrum of compound 1’.

图3为化合物2’的HPLC图谱。Figure 3 is the HPLC spectrum of compound 2’.

图4为化合物2’的LC-MS图谱。Figure 4 is the LC-MS spectrum of compound 2'.

图5为化合物4’的HPLC图谱。Figure 5 is the HPLC spectrum of compound 4'.

图6为化合物4’的LC-MS图谱。Figure 6 is the LC-MS spectrum of compound 4'.

图7为化合物17’的HPLC图谱。Figure 7 is the HPLC spectrum of compound 17'.

图8为化合物17’的LC-MS图谱。Figure 8 is the LC-MS spectrum of compound 17'.

图9为化合物21’的HPLC图谱。Figure 9 is the HPLC spectrum of compound 21'.

图10为化合物21’的LC-MS图谱。Figure 10 is the LC-MS spectrum of compound 21'.

图11为化合物24’的HPLC图谱。Figure 11 is the HPLC spectrum of compound 24'.

图12为化合物24’的LC-MS图谱。Figure 12 is the LC-MS spectrum of compound 24'.

图13为由化合物17’制得的双配放射性核素偶联药物的SPECT动态图像。Figure 13 is a SPECT dynamic image of a double-formed radionuclide conjugated drug prepared from compound 17'.

图14为由化合物17’制得的双配放射性核素偶联药物的器官富集定量图。Figure 14 is a quantitative organ enrichment diagram of a double-formed radionuclide conjugated drug prepared from compound 17'.

图15为由化合物21’制得的双配放射性核素偶联药物的SPECT动态图像。Figure 15 is a SPECT dynamic image of a double-formed radionuclide conjugated drug prepared from compound 21'.

图16为由化合物21’制得的双配放射性核素偶联药物的器官富集定量图。Figure 16 is a quantitative organ enrichment diagram of a double-formed radionuclide conjugated drug prepared from compound 21'.

图17为由化合物1’制得的单配放射性核素偶联药物的SPECT动态图像。Figure 17 is a SPECT dynamic image of a single radionuclide conjugated drug prepared from compound 1'.

图18为由化合物1’制得的单配放射性核素偶联药物的器官富集定量图。Figure 18 is a quantitative organ enrichment diagram of a monoparticulate radionuclide conjugated drug prepared from compound 1'.

图19为由化合物2’制得的单配放射性核素偶联药物的SPECT动态图像。Figure 19 is a SPECT dynamic image of a single radionuclide conjugated drug prepared from compound 2'.

图20为由化合物2’制得的单配放射性核素偶联药物的器官富集定量图。Figure 20 is a quantitative diagram of organ enrichment of monoparticulate radionuclide conjugated drugs prepared from compound 2'.

图21为由化合物4’制得的单配放射性核素偶联药物的SPECT动态图像。Figure 21 is a SPECT dynamic image of a single radionuclide conjugated drug prepared from compound 4'.

图22为由化合物4’制得的单配放射性核素偶联药物的器官富集定量图。Figure 22 is a quantitative graph of organ enrichment of monoparticulate radionuclide conjugated drugs prepared from compound 4'.

具体实施方式Detailed ways

一般术语和定义General terms and definitions

除非有相反陈述,否则在本发明中所使用的术语具有下述含义。Unless stated to the contrary, the terms used in the present invention have the following meanings.

在本发明中,“靶点”或“药物靶点”是指药物与机体生物大分子的结合部位,主要涉及受体、酶、离子通道、转运体、免疫系统、基因等。现有药物中,超过50%的药物以受体为作用靶点,受体成为最主要和最重要的作用靶点;超过20%的药物以酶为作用靶点,特别是酶抑制剂,在临床应用中具有特殊地位;6%左右的药物以离子通道为作用靶点;3%的药物以核酸为作用靶点;20%药物的作用靶点尚有待进一步研究。具体地,当为受试者进行某些医学处理(例如放射治疗)时,放射线从不同方位进行照射并汇集在病变部位,该病变部位亦为靶点。In the present invention, "target" or "drug target" refers to the binding site between drugs and biological macromolecules in the body, mainly involving receptors, enzymes, ion channels, transporters, immune systems, genes, etc. Among existing drugs, more than 50% of drugs target receptors, and receptors have become the main and most important targets; more than 20% of drugs target enzymes, especially enzyme inhibitors. It has a special status in clinical application; about 6% of drugs target ion channels; 3% of drugs target nucleic acids; the targets of 20% of drugs still need further research. Specifically, when certain medical treatments (such as radiotherapy) are performed on a subject, radiation is irradiated from different directions and concentrated on the lesion, and the lesion is also a target.

在本发明中,“放射性核素”或“放射性同位素”是指能够在衰变过程中释放出射线(或称辐射)的不稳定的元素。既包括天然存在的元素,也包括主要由核裂变或核聚变过程中产生的元素。根据放射性核素衰变过程中释放出射线的不同,大致可以分为α、β、γ三大类。In the present invention, "radioactive nuclide" or "radioactive isotope" refers to an unstable element that can release rays (or radiation) during the decay process. Includes both naturally occurring elements and elements primarily produced during nuclear fission or fusion processes. According to the different rays released during the decay process of radionuclides, they can be roughly divided into three categories: α, β, and γ.

在本发明中,“偶联药物”或“药物偶联物”是指将不同功能的片段通过可选的连接片段相互连接而 形成的并且能够发挥相应活性的可药用化合物,例如抗体偶联药物(ADC)、多肽偶联药物(PDC)、小分子偶联药物(SMDC)、放射性核素偶联药物(RDC)等。In the present invention, "conjugated drug" or "drug conjugate" refers to fragments with different functions connected to each other through optional connecting fragments. Pharmaceutical compounds formed and able to exert corresponding activities, such as antibody drug conjugates (ADC), peptide drug conjugates (PDC), small molecule drug conjugates (SMDC), radionuclide drug conjugates (RDC), etc.

在本发明中,“放射性核素偶联药物”或“放射性核素药物偶联物”是指将包含放射性核素的螯合剂以及针对至少一个靶点的靶向配体(Ligand)等片段通过可选的连接子(Linker)以及间隔子(Spacer)相互连接而形成的并且能够发挥靶向放疗活性的可药用化合物,其中螯合剂(Chelator)部分用于络合放射性同位素,靶向配体部分用于针对一个或多个特定靶点(例如受体)发挥靶向定位左右,连接子部分和间隔子部分用于将螯合剂部分和靶向配体部分相互连接,以形成放射性核素偶联药物的完整结构。在本发明中,“放射性核素偶联药物前体物”或“放射性核素药物偶联物前体物”是指放射性核素偶联药物中的螯合剂部分尚未与放射性核素发生络合时的前体形态。In the present invention, "radionuclide conjugated drug" or "radionuclide drug conjugate" refers to fragments such as chelating agents containing radionuclides and targeting ligands (Ligand) for at least one target through A pharmaceutically acceptable compound formed by connecting optional linkers and spacers to each other and capable of exerting targeted radiotherapy activity. The chelator part is used to complex radioisotopes and targeting ligands. The linker part and the spacer part are used to connect the chelator part and the targeting ligand part to each other to form a radionuclide couple. The complete structure of the combined drug. In the present invention, "radionuclide conjugate drug precursor" or "radionuclide drug conjugate precursor" means that the chelating agent part in the radionuclide conjugate drug has not yet complexed with the radionuclide. precursor form.

在本发明中,“靶向配体”是指能够靶向至靶部位、靶组织、靶器官、靶细胞或靶细胞内区域的任意分子或部分。在一些实施方案中,相比于非靶部位、非靶组织、非靶器官、非靶细胞或非靶细胞内区域,靶向配体使得连接于靶向配体的部分在靶部位、靶组织、靶器官、靶细胞或靶细胞内区域分配得更多,例如,多至少10%、20%、50%、80%、100%、150%、200%、300%、400%、500%或更高。在一些实施方案中,相比于不带靶向配体,带有靶向配体的偶联体化合物或试剂在靶部位、靶组织、靶器官、靶细胞或靶细胞内区域分配得更多,例如,多至少10%、20%、50%、80%、100%、150%、200%、300%、400%、500%或更高。在一些实施方案中,靶向配体能够触发或促进含有此类靶向配体的偶联体化合物与靶分子的特异性结合,触发或促进靶细胞对偶联体化合物的内吞作用,触发或促进偶联体化合物在靶细胞周围富集和/或进入靶细胞。In the present invention, "targeting ligand" refers to any molecule or part capable of targeting to a target site, target tissue, target organ, target cell, or region within a target cell. In some embodiments, the targeting ligand causes the moiety linked to the targeting ligand to be present in the target site, target tissue, or in the non-target tissue as compared to the non-target site, non-target tissue, non-target organ, non-target cell, or non-target intracellular region. , the target organ, the target cell or the area within the target cell is allocated more, for example, at least 10%, 20%, 50%, 80%, 100%, 150%, 200%, 300%, 400%, 500% or more. higher. In some embodiments, a conjugate compound or agent with a targeting ligand distributes more to the target site, target tissue, target organ, target cell, or region within the target cell than without the targeting ligand. , for example, at least 10%, 20%, 50%, 80%, 100%, 150%, 200%, 300%, 400%, 500% or more. In some embodiments, the targeting ligand can trigger or promote the specific binding of the conjugate compound containing such targeting ligand to the target molecule, trigger or promote the endocytosis of the conjugate compound by the target cell, trigger or Promote the concentration of the conjugate compound around the target cells and/or enter the target cells.

在本发明中,“配体”可以包括各种各样的化学分子或多肽,其对所选定的靶点具有特异性的结合亲和性,所选定的靶点可以是细胞表面蛋白(例如细胞表面受体或细胞表面抗原)、特定蛋白、细胞、组织、器官等。在一些实施方案中,配体可以与细胞表面受体特异性结合。在一些实施方案中,配体可以与细胞表面抗原特异性结合。在一些实施方案中,配体可以与特定蛋白特异性结合,所述特定蛋白可以是导致疾病的。在一些实施方案中,该特定蛋白的过表达会导致疾病或者该特定蛋白是导致疾病的突变蛋白。在一些实施方案中,本申请的配体以10-6~10-11M(Kd值)的亲和性与靶点结合。在一些实施方案中,本申请的配体以至少10-6、至少10-7、至少10-8或至少10-9M(Kd值)的亲和性与靶点结合。在一些实施方案中,本申请的配体以一定的亲和性与靶点结合,所述一定的亲和性是指与同非靶点(例如,其它细胞表面受体、细胞表面抗原或特定蛋白等)的亲和性相比,配体对靶点的亲和性高至少两倍、三倍、四倍、五倍、六倍、八倍、十倍、二十倍、五十倍、一百倍或更多倍。在一些实施方案中,本申请的细胞表面受体、细胞表面抗原、特定蛋白在靶细胞(例如,癌细胞或生理功能异常细胞)表面或靶细胞内的表达显著高于在正常细胞中的表达。在本申请中使用的术语“显著”指的是统计学上的显著差异,或者可以由本领域技术人员认识到的显著性差异。In the present invention, "ligand" may include a variety of chemical molecules or polypeptides that have specific binding affinity for a selected target, which may be a cell surface protein ( For example, cell surface receptors or cell surface antigens), specific proteins, cells, tissues, organs, etc. In some embodiments, a ligand can specifically bind to a cell surface receptor. In some embodiments, a ligand can specifically bind to a cell surface antigen. In some embodiments, a ligand may specifically bind to a specific protein that may be responsible for a disease. In some embodiments, overexpression of the particular protein causes disease or the particular protein is a mutant protein that causes disease. In some embodiments, the ligands of the present application bind to the target with an affinity of 10 -6 to 10 -11 M (K d value). In some embodiments, ligands of the present application bind to the target with an affinity of at least 10 -6 , at least 10 -7 , at least 10 -8 or at least 10 -9 M (K d value). In some embodiments, the ligands of the present application bind to the target with a certain affinity, which refers to binding to a non-target (for example, other cell surface receptors, cell surface antigens or specific Compared with the affinity of protein, etc.), the affinity of the ligand for the target is at least two times, three times, four times, five times, six times, eight times, ten times, twenty times, fifty times, A hundred times or more. In some embodiments, the expression of cell surface receptors, cell surface antigens, and specific proteins of the present application on the surface of target cells (for example, cancer cells or cells with physiological abnormality) or within target cells is significantly higher than the expression in normal cells. . The term "significant" as used in this application refers to a statistically significant difference, or a significant difference that can be recognized by a person skilled in the art.

在本发明中,“FOLR1”即叶酸受体1,是一种糖基磷脂酰肌醇(GPI)锚定的糖蛋白,它以纳摩尔的亲和力结合叶酸,从而促进受体介导的内吞作用。快速生长的实体恶性肿瘤,包括卵巢癌和肺癌,都依赖于叶酸进行代谢和核酸合成。In the present invention, "FOLR1", folate receptor 1, is a glycosylphosphatidylinositol (GPI)-anchored glycoprotein that binds folate with nanomolar affinity, thereby promoting receptor-mediated endocytosis. effect. Rapidly growing solid malignancies, including ovarian and lung cancers, depend on folate for metabolism and nucleic acid synthesis.

在本发明中,“TRPV6”即瞬时受体阳离子通道亚家族V成员6(transient receptor potential cation channel subfamily V member 6),是一种高选择性钙离子跨膜转运通道,介导钙离子由细胞外向细胞内的主动转运。TRPV6在人正常的肾脏、胃肠道、胰腺、乳腺、唾液腺等中有表达,但是主要表达于肠上皮细胞,其参与钙离子向细胞内的转运,因此当TRPV6通道的数量或功能发生改变时,可引起钙离子调节的变化,进一步导致与其相关组织器官的结构或功能异常。和正常组织相比,TRPV6在乳腺癌、胆管癌、卵巢癌、肺鳞癌、前列腺癌等恶性肿瘤中表达明显升高,其异常表达可能与肿瘤的形成与进展有关。In the present invention, "TRPV6" is transient receptor potential cation channel subfamily V member 6 (transient receptor potential cation channel subfamily V member 6), which is a highly selective calcium ion transmembrane transport channel that mediates calcium ions from cells. Active transport from the outside into the cell. TRPV6 is expressed in normal human kidneys, gastrointestinal tract, pancreas, mammary gland, salivary glands, etc., but is mainly expressed in intestinal epithelial cells, where it is involved in the transport of calcium ions into cells. Therefore, when the number or function of TRPV6 channels changes, , can cause changes in calcium ion regulation, further leading to structural or functional abnormalities in related tissues and organs. Compared with normal tissues, the expression of TRPV6 is significantly higher in malignant tumors such as breast cancer, cholangiocarcinoma, ovarian cancer, lung squamous cell carcinoma, and prostate cancer. Its abnormal expression may be related to the formation and progression of tumors.

在本发明中,“PSMA”即前列腺特异性膜抗原,是指存在于前列腺上皮细胞膜的一种II型跨膜糖蛋白,由750个氨基酸组成,其具有19个胞内区氨基酸、24个跨膜区氨基酸和707个胞外区氨基酸。前列腺特异性膜抗原在正常前列腺上皮细胞中表达,但其在前列腺癌细胞中的表达水平要高得多。相 对于传统用于临床检测的前列腺特异抗原,前列腺特异性膜抗原是一种更加敏感和特异的前列腺癌肿瘤标记物,尤其是在激素难治性前列腺癌及前列腺癌转移灶中均为高表达,在区分前列腺癌和其他类型恶性肿瘤时具有高敏感度和特异性。同时,在多种非前列腺来源的实体瘤(如肺癌、膀胱癌、胃癌、胰腺癌、肾癌和结直肠癌等)中,前列腺特异性膜抗原也高度特异地表达于肿瘤血管内皮细胞上。In the present invention, "PSMA" is prostate-specific membrane antigen, which refers to a type II transmembrane glycoprotein present in the prostate epithelial cell membrane. It consists of 750 amino acids, which has 19 intracellular amino acids, 24 transmembrane amino acids in the membrane region and 707 amino acids in the extracellular region. Prostate-specific membrane antigen is expressed in normal prostate epithelial cells, but its expression levels are much higher in prostate cancer cells. Mutually For prostate-specific antigen, which is traditionally used for clinical detection, prostate-specific membrane antigen is a more sensitive and specific prostate cancer tumor marker. It is especially highly expressed in hormone-refractory prostate cancer and prostate cancer metastases. High sensitivity and specificity in distinguishing prostate cancer from other types of malignancies. At the same time, in a variety of solid tumors of non-prostate origin (such as lung cancer, bladder cancer, gastric cancer, pancreatic cancer, renal cancer, and colorectal cancer, etc.), prostate-specific membrane antigen is also highly specifically expressed on tumor vascular endothelial cells.

在本发明中,“C-MET”是一种由C-MET原癌基因编码的蛋白产物,为肝细胞生长因子(HGF)的受体,具有酪氨酸激酶活性,与多种癌基因产物和调节蛋白相关,参与细胞信息传导、细胞骨架重排的调控,是细胞增殖、分化和运动的重要因素。C-MET与多种癌的发生和转移密切相关。研究表明,许多肿瘤病人在其肿瘤的发生和转移过程中均有C-MET过度表达和基因扩增。由于C-MET在不同细胞、不同分化阶段作用的底物不同,使其在特定的条件下表现出多种功能,例如促进肝细胞、内皮细胞和黑色素细胞的分裂、引起上皮细胞的分散和诱导细胞形态变化。In the present invention, "C-MET" is a protein product encoded by the C-MET proto-oncogene. It is a receptor for hepatocyte growth factor (HGF), has tyrosine kinase activity, and interacts with various oncogene products. Related to regulatory proteins, it participates in the regulation of cell information transmission and cytoskeleton rearrangement, and is an important factor in cell proliferation, differentiation and movement. C-MET is closely related to the occurrence and metastasis of various cancers. Studies have shown that many tumor patients have C-MET overexpression and gene amplification during the occurrence and metastasis of their tumors. Because C-MET acts on different substrates in different cells and at different stages of differentiation, it can exhibit multiple functions under specific conditions, such as promoting the division of hepatocytes, endothelial cells and melanocytes, and causing the dispersion and induction of epithelial cells. Cell morphological changes.

在本发明中,“药物组合物”是指可供药用的组合物,其包含作为活性药物成分(API)的小分子药物、多肽、抗体(或抗体类配体)或其偶联物,以及其他组分(例如药学上可接受的辅料)。药物组合物可以使用本领域技术人员已知的任何方法来制备。例如,常规混合、溶解、造粒、乳化、磨细、包封、包埋和/或冻干工艺。In the present invention, "pharmaceutical composition" refers to a pharmaceutically acceptable composition, which contains small molecule drugs as active pharmaceutical ingredients (API), polypeptides, antibodies (or antibody ligands) or conjugates thereof, and other components (such as pharmaceutically acceptable excipients). Pharmaceutical compositions may be prepared using any method known to those skilled in the art. For example, conventional mixing, dissolving, granulating, emulsifying, grinding, encapsulating, embedding and/or lyophilizing processes.

在本发明中,“药学上可接受的辅料”是指在药物生产领域中广泛采用的辅助物料。使用辅料的主要目的在于提供一种使用安全、性质稳定和/或具有特定功能性的药物组合物,还在于提供一种方法,以便在为受试者施用药物之后,活性成分能够以所期望的速率溶出,或者促进活性成分在接受给药的受试者体内得到有效吸收。药学上可接受的辅料可以是具有惰性的填充剂,也可以是为药物组合物提供某种功能(例如稳定组合物的整体pH值或防止组合物中活性成分的降解)的功效成分。“药学上可接受的辅料”的实例包括但不限于粘合剂、助悬剂、乳化剂、稀释剂(或填充剂)、成粒剂、胶粘剂、崩解剂、润滑剂、抗粘着剂、助流剂、润湿剂、胶凝剂、吸收延迟剂、溶解抑制剂、增强剂、吸附剂、缓冲剂、螯合剂、防腐剂、着色剂、矫味剂、甜味剂等。In the present invention, "pharmaceutically acceptable auxiliary materials" refer to auxiliary materials widely used in the field of pharmaceutical production. The main purpose of using excipients is to provide a pharmaceutical composition that is safe to use, stable in nature and/or has specific functionality, and also to provide a method so that after the drug is administered to the subject, the active ingredient can be used in the desired manner. rate dissolution, or promote effective absorption of the active ingredient in the subject to whom it is administered. Pharmaceutically acceptable excipients may be inert fillers or functional ingredients that provide a certain function for the pharmaceutical composition (such as stabilizing the overall pH value of the composition or preventing the degradation of the active ingredients in the composition). Examples of "pharmaceutically acceptable excipients" include, but are not limited to, binders, suspending agents, emulsifiers, diluents (or fillers), granulating agents, adhesives, disintegrants, lubricants, anti-adhesive agents, Glidants, wetting agents, gelling agents, absorption delaying agents, dissolution inhibitors, enhancers, adsorbents, buffers, chelating agents, preservatives, colorants, flavoring agents, sweeteners, etc.

以下将结合具体实施例来阐述本发明的技术方案,下列实施例的提供旨在进一步说明本发明,而非用于限制本发明的范围。对本领域技术人员而言,在不脱离本发明的精神和范围的情况下,针对本发明的具体实施方式进行各种变化和改进将是显而易见的。The technical solutions of the present invention will be described below with reference to specific examples. The following examples are provided to further illustrate the present invention, but are not intended to limit the scope of the present invention. It will be apparent to those skilled in the art that various changes and modifications can be made to the specific embodiments of the invention without departing from the spirit and scope of the invention.

本发明所使用的起始原料可以通过本领域已知的方法来合成,或者通过常规的商业手段来购买。本发明的化合物的分离纯化可以通过本领域技术人员所熟知的方法来实现,包括但不限于柱色谱法(CC)、高效液相色谱法(HPLC)、超高效液相色谱法(UPLC)等。本发明的化合物的结构鉴定可以通过本领域技术人员所熟知的方法来实现,包括但不限于核磁共振(NMR)、质谱(MS)等。The starting materials used in the present invention can be synthesized by methods known in the art, or purchased through conventional commercial means. The isolation and purification of the compounds of the present invention can be achieved by methods well known to those skilled in the art, including but not limited to column chromatography (CC), high-performance liquid chromatography (HPLC), ultra-high performance liquid chromatography (UPLC), etc. . The structural identification of the compounds of the present invention can be achieved by methods well known to those skilled in the art, including but not limited to nuclear magnetic resonance (NMR), mass spectrometry (MS), etc.

缩略语表

abbreviation list

实施例1:化合物1’的制备Example 1: Preparation of compound 1’

步骤1:
step 1:

氮气保护下,往三口烧瓶中加入DMAP(1.8g)和CDI(50g),采用冰浴控制反应温度在-5℃至-10℃之间,再往烧瓶中加入DCM(300ml),搅拌溶解。称取SM1(40g)溶解于DCM(200ml)中,将溶清的SM1加入恒压分液漏斗,根据反应温度控制漏斗流速,将SM1缓慢滴入CDI中搅拌5h。反应完毕后,用10%柠檬酸水溶液(2L)和EA(2L)进行萃取,有机相加入硅胶(50.0g)进行拌样过柱,DCM/MeOH(30:1,v/v)条件下,TLC监测馏出物,收集浓缩,得产物46.7g,即PSMA-001。Under nitrogen protection, add DMAP (1.8g) and CDI (50g) to a three-necked flask, use an ice bath to control the reaction temperature between -5°C and -10°C, then add DCM (300ml) to the flask, stir and dissolve. Weigh SM1 (40g) and dissolve it in DCM (200ml). Add the dissolved SM1 to a constant pressure separatory funnel. Control the flow rate of the funnel according to the reaction temperature. Slowly drop SM1 into CDI and stir for 5 hours. After the reaction is completed, extract with 10% citric acid aqueous solution (2L) and EA (2L), add silica gel (50.0g) to the organic phase and mix the sample through the column. Under DCM/MeOH (30:1, v/v) conditions, The distillate was monitored by TLC, collected and concentrated to obtain 46.7g of product, namely PSMA-001.

步骤2:
Step 2:

氮气保护下,往单口烧瓶中加入SM2(43.81g)和PSMA-001(42g),再加入DMSO(500ml)搅拌溶解,之后加入DIEA(46.5g),磁力搅拌3h。反应完毕后,用水(2L)和EA(2L)进行萃取,有机相加入硅胶(50g)拌样后过柱,乙酸乙酯洗脱出产物,收集浓缩,得产物32.2g,即PSMA-002,纯度71%。Under nitrogen protection, add SM2 (43.81g) and PSMA-001 (42g) to a single-necked flask, then add DMSO (500ml) and stir to dissolve. Then add DIEA (46.5g) and stir magnetically for 3 hours. After the reaction is completed, extract with water (2L) and EA (2L). Add silica gel (50g) to the organic phase to mix the sample and pass through the column. The product is eluted with ethyl acetate, collected and concentrated to obtain 32.2g of product, namely PSMA-002. Purity 71%.

步骤3:
Step 3:

PSMA-002(6.00g,3.0eq)与wang树脂(1.0eq)、HOBt(3.0eq)、DIC(3.8eq)和DMAP(0.6eq)在DMF(7V)体系中反应1h,取样,茚三酮显色,确认反应完全,得产物PSMA-003。PSMA-002 (6.00g, 3.0eq) reacted with wang resin (1.0eq), HOBt (3.0eq), DIC (3.8eq) and DMAP (0.6eq) in DMF (7V) system for 1h, sampling, ninhydrin Color development was performed to confirm that the reaction was complete and the product PSMA-003 was obtained.

步骤4:
Step 4:

利用20%哌啶/DMF脱除PSMA-002中的Fmoc,反应30min,取样,茚三酮显色,确认反应完全,得产物PSMA-004。Use 20% piperidine/DMF to remove Fmoc from PSMA-002, react for 30 minutes, take a sample, and develop color with ninhydrin to confirm that the reaction is complete, and the product PSMA-004 is obtained.

步骤5:
Step 5:

PSMA-004(1.0eq)、Fmoc-2-Nal-OH(3.0eq)、HOBt(3.0eq)和DIC(3.8eq)在DMF(7V)体系中反应1h,取样,茚三酮显色,确认反应完全,得产物CB6-001。PSMA-004 (1.0eq), Fmoc-2-Nal-OH (3.0eq), HOBt (3.0eq) and DIC (3.8eq) reacted in DMF (7V) system for 1 hour, took samples, developed color with ninhydrin, and confirmed The reaction is complete and product CB6-001 is obtained.

步骤6:
Step 6:

利用20%哌啶/DMF脱除CB6-001中的Fmoc,反应30min,取样,茚三酮显色,确认反应完全。再与Fmoc-氨甲环酸(3.0eq)、HOBt(3.0eq)和DIC(3.8eq)在DMF(7V)体系中反应1h,取样,茚三酮显色,确认反应完全,得产物CB6-002。Use 20% piperidine/DMF to remove Fmoc from CB6-001, react for 30 minutes, take a sample, and develop color with ninhydrin to confirm that the reaction is complete. Then react with Fmoc-tranexamic acid (3.0eq), HOBt (3.0eq) and DIC (3.8eq) in a DMF (7V) system for 1 hour, take a sample, develop color with ninhydrin, confirm that the reaction is complete, and obtain the product CB6- 002.

步骤7:
Step 7:

利用20%哌啶/DMF脱除CB6-002中的Fmoc,反应30min,取样,茚三酮显色,确认反应完全。再与Fmoc-Cys(Trt)-OH(3.0eq)、HOBt(3.0eq)和DIC(3.8eq)在DMF(7V)体系中反应1h,取样,茚三酮显色,确认反应完全。最后与乙酸酐(10.0eq)和吡啶(10.0eq)在DMF(7V)体系中反应2h,取样,茚三酮显色,确认反应完全,得产物CB6-003。Use 20% piperidine/DMF to remove Fmoc from CB6-002, react for 30 minutes, take a sample, and develop color with ninhydrin to confirm that the reaction is complete. Then react with Fmoc-Cys(Trt)-OH (3.0eq), HOBt (3.0eq) and DIC (3.8eq) in a DMF (7V) system for 1 hour, take a sample, and develop color with ninhydrin to confirm that the reaction is complete. Finally, react with acetic anhydride (10.0eq) and pyridine (10.0eq) in a DMF (7V) system for 2 hours, take a sample, and develop color with ninhydrin to confirm that the reaction is complete, and the product CB6-003 is obtained.

步骤8:
Step 8:

配制相当于粗品树脂(即CB6-003)重量7V的裂解液(配方:90%TFA,2.5%纯化水,2.5%苯酚,2.5%对甲苯硫酚,2.5%TIPS),0-5℃预冷裂解液,然后将粗品树脂倒入裂解液中,升至25℃,氮气保护,搅拌裂解3h,中控反应完全后抽滤除去树脂,得到裂解液。缓慢滴入0℃预冷的MTBE中(MTBE体积为裂解液体积的10V),搅拌析出固体,离心沉降得到粗品,制备纯化(乙腈/水:5%~80%,V/V),得CB6-004纯品100.2mg,类白色粉末状,纯度87.6%。Prepare a lysis solution equivalent to 7V of crude resin (i.e. CB6-003) weight (formula: 90% TFA, 2.5% purified water, 2.5% phenol, 2.5% p-cresolthiophenol, 2.5% TIPS), pre-cooled at 0-5°C Then pour the crude resin into the lysis solution, raise it to 25°C, protect it with nitrogen, stir and cleave for 3 hours, and after the reaction is complete, remove the resin by suction filtration to obtain the lysis solution. Slowly drop into 0°C pre-cooled MTBE (the volume of MTBE is 10V of the volume of the lysis solution), stir to precipitate the solid, centrifuge and settle to obtain the crude product, and prepare and purify (acetonitrile/water: 5% ~ 80%, V/V) to obtain CB6 -004 pure product 100.2mg, off-white powder, purity 87.6%.

步骤9:
Step 9:

将2-CTC树脂(1.0eq)用DMF溶胀2h,再与Fmoc-Lys(Dde)-OH(3.0eq)和DIEA(4.0eq)在DMF(7V)体系中反应3h,最后与MeOH(10.0eq)和DIEA(10.0eq)反应2h,得中间体1-1。 2-CTC resin (1.0eq) was swollen with DMF for 2h, then reacted with Fmoc-Lys(Dde)-OH (3.0eq) and DIEA (4.0eq) in DMF (7V) system for 3h, and finally with MeOH (10.0eq) ) and DIEA (10.0eq) reacted for 2 hours to obtain intermediate 1-1.

步骤10:
Step 10:

利用20%哌啶/DMF脱除中间体1-1中的Fmoc,反应30min,取样,茚三酮显色,确认反应完全。再与Fmoc-Val-OH(3.0eq)、HOBt(3.0eq)和DIC(3.8eq)在DMF(7V)体系中反应1h,取样,茚三酮显色,确认反应完全,得中间体1-2。Use 20% piperidine/DMF to remove Fmoc in intermediate 1-1, react for 30 minutes, take a sample, and develop color with ninhydrin to confirm that the reaction is complete. Then react with Fmoc-Val-OH (3.0eq), HOBt (3.0eq) and DIC (3.8eq) in DMF (7V) system for 1 hour, take a sample, develop color with ninhydrin, confirm that the reaction is complete, and obtain intermediate 1- 2.

步骤11:
Step 11:

利用20%哌啶/DMF脱除中间体1-2中的Fmoc,反应30min,取样,茚三酮显色,确认反应完全。再与Boc-Met-OH(3.0eq)、HOBt(3.0eq)和DIC(3.8eq)在DMF(7V)体系中反应1h,取样,茚三酮显色,确认反应完全,得中间体1-3。Use 20% piperidine/DMF to remove Fmoc in intermediate 1-2, react for 30 minutes, take a sample, and develop color with ninhydrin to confirm that the reaction is complete. Then react with Boc-Met-OH (3.0eq), HOBt (3.0eq) and DIC (3.8eq) in DMF (7V) system for 1 hour, take a sample, develop color with ninhydrin, confirm that the reaction is complete, and obtain intermediate 1- 3.

步骤12:
Step 12:

利用2%肼/DMF(7V)脱除中间体1-3中的Dde,反应30min,取样,茚三酮显色,确认反应完全,得中间体1-4。Use 2% hydrazine/DMF (7V) to remove Dde from intermediate 1-3, react for 30 minutes, take a sample, and develop color with ninhydrin to confirm that the reaction is complete to obtain intermediate 1-4.

步骤13:
Step 13:

配制相当于粗品树脂(即中间体1-4)重量7V的裂解液(配方:30%TFE/DCM),0-5℃预冷裂解液,将粗品树脂加入裂解液中,升至25℃,氮气保护,搅拌裂解3h,中控反应完全后抽滤除去树脂,得到裂解液。30℃减压浓缩,除去裂解液中的DCM。将裂解液浓缩物体积10V的MTBE预冷至0℃,并向其中缓慢滴入裂解液浓缩物,搅拌析出固体,离心沉降,得中间体1-5粗品。Prepare a lysis solution (formula: 30% TFE/DCM) equivalent to 7V of the crude resin (i.e., intermediate 1-4), pre-cool the lysis solution at 0-5°C, add the crude resin to the lysis solution, and raise it to 25°C. Under nitrogen protection, stir and lyse for 3 hours. After the control reaction is complete, the resin is removed by suction filtration to obtain a lysis solution. Concentrate under reduced pressure at 30°C to remove DCM in the lysate. Pre-cool the lysate concentrate in MTBE with a volume of 10V to 0°C, slowly drop the lysate concentrate into it, stir to precipitate the solid, and centrifuge to settle to obtain crude intermediate 1-5.

步骤14:
Step 14:

向100ml单口夹套瓶中加入中间体1-5(4.4710mM,1.0eq)和饱和的NaHCO3水溶液(40ml),搅拌均匀,氮气保护,循环浴降温至4.0℃,加入NMCM(4.4710mM,1.0eq),搅拌反应2h,取样HPLC中控显示反应完全。4℃下,向反应液中加入DCM(40ml),滴入饱和的柠檬酸水溶液,调节pH至酸性,分液,水相用DCM复萃,分液,合并DCM相,减压浓缩得类白色固体1.80g,柱纯化(DCM/MeOH=10/1,V/V),得类白色固体1.10g,即中间体1-6。Add intermediate 1-5 (4.4710mM, 1.0eq) and saturated NaHCO 3 aqueous solution (40ml) to a 100ml single-neck jacketed bottle, stir evenly, protect with nitrogen, cool the circulating bath to 4.0°C, add NMCM (4.4710mM, 1.0 eq), the reaction was stirred for 2 hours, and HPLC sampling showed that the reaction was complete. At 4°C, add DCM (40ml) to the reaction solution, drop in saturated citric acid aqueous solution, adjust the pH to acidic, separate the liquids, re-extract the water phase with DCM, separate the liquids, combine the DCM phases, and concentrate under reduced pressure to obtain an off-white color. 1.80g of solid was purified by column (DCM/MeOH=10/1, V/V) to obtain 1.10g of off-white solid, which is intermediate 1-6.

步骤15:
Step 15:

冰水浴条件下,向反应瓶中加入4M HCl/二氧六环(11ml),再加入中间体1-6(1.10g,1.9760mM),氮气保护,搅拌反应2h,HPLC中控反应完全。30℃减压浓缩,再加入MTBE打浆,离心沉降,得中间体1-7粗品。Under ice-water bath conditions, add 4M HCl/dioxane (11ml) to the reaction bottle, then add intermediate 1-6 (1.10g, 1.9760mM), under nitrogen protection, stir the reaction for 2 hours, and control the reaction to be complete by HPLC. Concentrate under reduced pressure at 30°C, then add MTBE to beat, and centrifuge to settle to obtain crude intermediate 1-7.

步骤16:
Step 16:

向500mL三口瓶中加入DOTA-COOH(10.00g,1.01eq)、4-氨甲基-N-Boc-苯胺(3.80g,1.0eq)、HATU(9.80g,1.5eq)、DIEA(6.60g,3.0eq)和DMF(100ml),在25-30℃下搅拌1-2h。TLC监控反应完毕后,加入EA(10ml)和水(25ml),搅拌2min,静置分层,分出有机相,水层用EA萃取一次,合并有机相,无水硫酸钠干燥,浓缩,柱纯化(DCM/MeOH=10/1,V/V),得白色固体13.0g,即中间体2-1。Add DOTA-COOH (10.00g, 1.01eq), 4-aminomethyl-N-Boc-aniline (3.80g, 1.0eq), HATU (9.80g, 1.5eq), DIEA (6.60g, 3.0eq) and DMF (100ml), stir at 25-30°C for 1-2h. After the TLC monitoring reaction is completed, add EA (10ml) and water (25ml), stir for 2 minutes, let stand and separate the layers, separate the organic phase, extract the aqueous layer once with EA, combine the organic phases, dry over anhydrous sodium sulfate, concentrate, and column Purify (DCM/MeOH=10/1, V/V) to obtain 13.0 g of white solid, which is intermediate 2-1.

步骤17:
Step 17:

向500mL三口瓶中加入中间体2-1(10.00g,1.0eq)、DCM(60mL)和TES(18mL)。降温至0-5℃,滴加TFA(120mL),加毕升至室温,搅拌3-5h。HPLC监控反应结束后,浓缩除去溶剂。将浓缩所得油状物加入MTBE中打浆,过滤,MTBE洗涤,得到白色固体5.2g,即中间体2-2。Add intermediate 2-1 (10.00g, 1.0eq), DCM (60mL) and TES (18mL) to a 500mL three-necked flask. Cool the temperature to 0-5°C, add TFA (120 mL) dropwise, bring it to room temperature after the addition, and stir for 3-5 hours. After the reaction was monitored by HPLC, the solvent was concentrated and removed. The oil obtained by concentration was added to MTBE to beat, filtered, and washed with MTBE to obtain 5.2 g of white solid, namely intermediate 2-2.

步骤18:
Step 18:

向250mL三口瓶中加入中间体2-2(4.00g,1.0eq)和水(60ml),搅拌下滴入CSCl2(13.50g,15.0eq)的氯仿(60ml)溶液。滴加完毕后,室温下搅拌1-2h。HPLC中控反应完毕,静置分液,水相用二氯甲烷洗涤两次,合并浓缩得到黄色固体2.88g,即中间体2-3。 Add intermediate 2-2 (4.00g, 1.0eq) and water (60ml) to a 250mL three-necked flask, and add dropwise a solution of CSCl 2 (13.50g, 15.0eq) in chloroform (60ml) with stirring. After the dropwise addition is completed, stir at room temperature for 1-2 hours. After the HPLC control reaction was completed, the mixture was allowed to stand for liquid separation. The aqueous phase was washed twice with methylene chloride, combined and concentrated to obtain 2.88g of yellow solid, which is intermediate 2-3.

步骤19:
Step 19:

向100mL单口瓶中加入中间体2-3(1.7g,1.6eq)、中间体1-7(1.0g,1.0eq)和DMF(20ml),冰浴降温加入TEA(1.2ml),升至室温搅拌1.0h。反应完毕后,将反应液滴加到MTBE(200ml)中打浆,过滤,得到白色固体2.7g,即DOTA-Met-Val-Lys(Mal)-OH,纯度92%。Add intermediate 2-3 (1.7g, 1.6eq), intermediate 1-7 (1.0g, 1.0eq) and DMF (20ml) to a 100mL single-neck bottle, cool down in an ice bath, add TEA (1.2ml), and raise to room temperature Stir for 1.0h. After the reaction is completed, the reaction solution is added dropwise to MTBE (200 ml) to make a slurry, and filtered to obtain 2.7 g of white solid, namely DOTA-Met-Val-Lys(Mal)-OH, with a purity of 92%.

步骤20:
Step 20:

向25mL夹套瓶中加入CB6-004(58mg,1.0eq)和DMF(2ml),搅拌溶清后再添加DIEA(2ml),控制pH为8-9,再加入DOTA-Met-Val-Lys(Mal)-OH(218.9mg,3.0eq),氮气置换3次后,在25℃下搅拌反应1h。HPLC监测反应完毕后,反应液经制备色谱纯化(乙腈/水:5%~80%,V/V),得白色固体77.8mg,即化合物1’,纯度97.07%。Add CB6-004 (58mg, 1.0eq) and DMF (2ml) to the 25mL jacketed bottle, stir and dissolve, then add DIEA (2ml), control the pH to 8-9, then add DOTA-Met-Val-Lys ( Mal)-OH (218.9 mg, 3.0 eq), after nitrogen replacement three times, the reaction was stirred at 25°C for 1 hour. After the reaction was monitored by HPLC, the reaction solution was purified by preparative chromatography (acetonitrile/water: 5% to 80%, V/V) to obtain 77.8 mg of white solid, namely compound 1', with a purity of 97.07%.

LC-MS(ESI+):m/z 1808.1[M+H]+,904.9[M+2H]+/2。LC-MS(ESI + ): m/z 1808.1[M+H] + ,904.9[M+2H] + /2.

实施例2:化合物2’的制备Example 2: Preparation of compound 2’

采用与实施例1类似的方法,但在步骤5中,以Fmoc-L-3,3-二苯基丙氨酸替代Fmoc-2-Nal-OH,反应液经制备色谱纯化,得白色固体172.9mg,即化合物2’,纯度90.94%。A similar method to Example 1 was adopted, but in step 5, Fmoc-L-3,3-diphenylalanine was used instead of Fmoc-2-Nal-OH. The reaction solution was purified by preparative chromatography to obtain a white solid 172.9 mg, namely compound 2', purity 90.94%.

LC-MS(ESI+):m/z 1834.2[M+H]+,918.1[M+2H]+/2。LC-MS(ESI + ): m/z 1834.2[M+H] + ,918.1[M+2H] + /2.

实施例3:化合物3’的制备Example 3: Preparation of compound 3’

步骤1-11与实施例1中的步骤9-19类似,得到DOTA-Met-Val-Lys(Mal)-OH。Steps 1-11 are similar to steps 9-19 in Example 1 to obtain DOTA-Met-Val-Lys(Mal)-OH.

步骤12:
Step 12:

将2-CTC-Resin(1.0eq)与Fmoc-Cys(Trt)-OH(3.0eq)和DIEA(4.0eq)在DMF(7V)体系中反应3h,再与MeOH(10.0eq)和DIEA(10.0eq)反应2h,得中间体3-1。2-CTC-Resin (1.0eq) was reacted with Fmoc-Cys(Trt)-OH (3.0eq) and DIEA (4.0eq) in DMF (7V) system for 3 hours, and then with MeOH (10.0eq) and DIEA (10.0 eq) reacted for 2 hours to obtain intermediate 3-1.

步骤13:
Step 13:

利用20%哌啶/DMF(7V)脱除中间体3-1中的Fmoc,反应30min,取样,茚三酮显色,确认反 应完全。再与中间体3-2(3.0eq)、HOBt(3.0eq)和DIC(3.8eq)在DMF(7V)体系中反应1h取样,茚三酮显色,确认反应完全,得中间体3-3。Use 20% piperidine/DMF (7V) to remove Fmoc in intermediate 3-1, react for 30 minutes, take a sample, develop color with ninhydrin, and confirm the reaction. should be completely. Then react with intermediate 3-2 (3.0eq), HOBt (3.0eq) and DIC (3.8eq) in DMF (7V) system for 1 hour and take samples. Ninhydrin develops color to confirm that the reaction is complete, and intermediate 3-3 is obtained. .

步骤14:
Step 14:

配制相当于粗品树脂(即中间体3-3)重量7V的裂解液(配方:90%TFA,2.5%纯化水,2.5%苯酚,2.5%对甲苯硫酚,2.5%TIPS),0-5℃预冷裂解液,然后将粗品树脂倒入裂解液中,升至25℃,氮气保护,搅拌裂解3h,中控反应完全后抽滤除去树脂,得到裂解液。缓慢滴入0℃预冷的MTBE中(MTBE体积为裂解液体积的10V),搅拌析出固体,离心沉降,得Cys-108粗品0.9g。Prepare a lysis solution equivalent to 7V of crude resin (i.e., intermediate 3-3) weight (formula: 90% TFA, 2.5% purified water, 2.5% phenol, 2.5% p-cresolthiophenol, 2.5% TIPS), 0-5°C Pre-cool the pyrolysis solution, then pour the crude resin into the pyrolysis solution, raise it to 25°C, protect it with nitrogen, stir and pyrolyze it for 3 hours, and after the reaction is complete, remove the resin by suction filtration to obtain the pyrolysis solution. Slowly drop it into 0°C pre-cooled MTBE (the volume of MTBE is 10V of the volume of the lysis solution), stir to precipitate the solid, and centrifuge to settle to obtain 0.9g of Cys-108 crude product.

步骤15与实施例1中的步骤20类似,但以Cys-108替代CB6-004,反应液经制备色谱纯化,得白色固体137mg,即化合物3’,纯度96.62%。Step 15 is similar to step 20 in Example 1, but Cys-108 is used instead of CB6-004. The reaction solution is purified by preparative chromatography to obtain 137 mg of white solid, namely compound 3', with a purity of 96.62%.

LC-MS(ESI-):m/z 1618.8[M-H]-,809.7[M-2H]-/2。LC-MS(ESI - ): m/z 1618.8[MH] - ,809.7[M-2H] - /2.

实施例4:化合物4’的制备Example 4: Preparation of compound 4’

步骤1:
step 1:

将wang树脂(3g,1.0eq)用DMF溶胀,再与Fmoc-Lys(Dde)-OH(3.0eq)、HOBt(3.0eq)、DIC(3.8eq)和DMAP(0.6eq)在DMF(7V)体系中反应3h,DMF洗涤,再与乙酸酐(10.0eq)和吡啶(10.0eq)在DMF(7V)体系中反应2h,DMF洗涤,得中间体4-1。Swell the wang resin (3g, 1.0eq) with DMF, and then mix it with Fmoc-Lys(Dde)-OH (3.0eq), HOBt (3.0eq), DIC (3.8eq) and DMAP (0.6eq) in DMF (7V) React in the system for 3 hours, wash with DMF, then react with acetic anhydride (10.0eq) and pyridine (10.0eq) in a DMF (7V) system for 2 hours, wash with DMF, and obtain intermediate 4-1.

步骤2:
Step 2:

利用20%哌啶/DMF脱除中间体4-1中的Fmoc,反应30min,取样,茚三酮显色,确认反应完全。再与DOTA-COOH(3.0eq)、HBTU(3.0eq)、HOBt(1.5eq)和DIEA(4.5eq)在DMF(7V)体系中反应1h,取样,茚三酮显色,确认反应完全,得中间体4-2。Use 20% piperidine/DMF to remove Fmoc in intermediate 4-1, react for 30 minutes, take a sample, and develop color with ninhydrin to confirm that the reaction is complete. Then react with DOTA-COOH (3.0eq), HBTU (3.0eq), HOBt (1.5eq) and DIEA (4.5eq) in a DMF (7V) system for 1 hour, take a sample, develop color with ninhydrin, and confirm that the reaction is complete, we get Intermediate 4-2.

步骤3:
Step 3:

利用2%肼/DMF脱除中间体4-2中的Dde,反应30min,取样,茚三酮显色,确认反应完全。再与中间体3-2(3.0eq)、HOBt(3.0eq)和DIC(3.8eq)在DMF(7V)体系中反应1h取样,茚三酮显色,确认反应完全,得中间体4-3。Use 2% hydrazine/DMF to remove Dde from intermediate 4-2, react for 30 minutes, take a sample, and develop color with ninhydrin to confirm that the reaction is complete. Then react with intermediate 3-2 (3.0eq), HOBt (3.0eq) and DIC (3.8eq) in DMF (7V) system for 1 hour and take samples. Ninhydrin develops color to confirm that the reaction is complete, and intermediate 4-3 is obtained. .

步骤4:
Step 4:

配制相当于粗品树脂(即中间体4-3)重量7V的裂解液(配方:90%TFA,2.5%纯化水,2.5%苯酚,2.5%对甲苯硫酚,2.5%TIPS),0-5℃预冷裂解液,然后将粗品树脂倒入裂解液中,升至25℃,氮气保护,搅拌裂解3h,中控反应完全后抽滤除去树脂,得到裂解液。缓慢滴入0℃预冷的MTBE中(MTBE体积为裂解液体积的10V),搅拌析出固体,离心沉降得到粗品,经制备色谱纯化,得白色固体1109.4mg,即化合物4’,纯度99.38%。Prepare a lysis solution equivalent to 7V of crude resin (i.e. intermediate 4-3) weight (formula: 90% TFA, 2.5% purified water, 2.5% phenol, 2.5% p-cresolthiophenol, 2.5% TIPS), 0-5°C Pre-cool the pyrolysis solution, then pour the crude resin into the pyrolysis solution, raise it to 25°C, protect it with nitrogen, stir and pyrolyze it for 3 hours, and after the reaction is complete, remove the resin by suction filtration to obtain the pyrolysis solution. Slowly drop into 0°C pre-cooled MTBE (the volume of MTBE is 10V of the volume of the lysate), stir to precipitate the solid, centrifuge and settle to obtain the crude product, which is purified by preparative chromatography to obtain 1109.4 mg of white solid, namely compound 4', with a purity of 99.38%.

LC-MS(ESI+):m/z 1025.8[M+H]+,513.3[M+2H]+/2。LC-MS(ESI + ): m/z 1025.8[M+H] + ,513.3[M+2H] + /2.

实施例5:化合物5’的制备Example 5: Preparation of compound 5’

步骤1-6与实施例2中的步骤1-6类似,得到CB2-002。Steps 1-6 were similar to steps 1-6 in Example 2 to obtain CB2-002.

步骤7:
Step 7:

利用20%哌啶/DMF脱除CB2-002中的Fmoc,反应30min,取样,茚三酮显色,确认反应完全。再与DOTA-(COOH)4(3.0eq)、HBTU(3.0eq)、HOBt(1.5eq)和DIEA(4.5eq)在DMF(7V)体系中反应1h,取样,茚三酮显色,确认反应完全,得CB2-003。Use 20% piperidine/DMF to remove Fmoc from CB2-002, react for 30 minutes, take a sample, and develop color with ninhydrin to confirm that the reaction is complete. Then react with DOTA-(COOH) 4 (3.0eq), HBTU (3.0eq), HOBt (1.5eq) and DIEA (4.5eq) in DMF (7V) system for 1 hour, take a sample, develop color with ninhydrin, and confirm the reaction Completely, get CB2-003.

步骤8:
Step 8:

配制相当于粗品树脂(即CB2-003)重量7V的裂解液(配方:90%TFA,2.5%纯化水,2.5%苯酚,2.5%对甲苯硫酚,2.5%TIPS),0-5℃预冷裂解液,然后将粗品树脂倒入裂解液中,升至25℃,氮气保护,搅拌裂解3h,中控反应完全后抽滤除去树脂,得到裂解液。缓慢滴入0℃预冷的MTBE中(MTBE体积为裂解液体积的10V),搅拌析出固体,离心沉降得到粗品,经制备色谱纯化,得纯品240.7mg,即化合物5’,纯度99.14%。Prepare a lysis solution equivalent to 7V of crude resin (i.e. CB2-003) weight (formula: 90% TFA, 2.5% purified water, 2.5% phenol, 2.5% p-cresolthiophenol, 2.5% TIPS), pre-cooled at 0-5°C Then pour the crude resin into the lysis solution, raise it to 25°C, protect it with nitrogen, stir and cleave for 3 hours, and after the reaction is complete, remove the resin by suction filtration to obtain the lysis solution. Slowly drop into 0°C pre-cooled MTBE (the volume of MTBE is 10V of the volume of the lysate), stir to precipitate the solid, centrifuge and settle to obtain the crude product, which is purified by preparative chromatography to obtain 240.7 mg of pure product, namely compound 5’, with a purity of 99.14%.

LC-MS(ESI+):m/z 1068.8[M+H]+,535.0[M+2H]+/2。 LC-MS(ESI + ): m/z 1068.8[M+H] + ,535.0[M+2H] + /2.

实施例6:化合物7’的制备Example 6: Preparation of compound 7’

步骤1-11与实施例1中的步骤9-19类似,得到DOTA-Met-Val-Lys(Mal)-OH。Steps 1-11 are similar to steps 9-19 in Example 1 to obtain DOTA-Met-Val-Lys(Mal)-OH.

步骤12:
Step 12:

向25mL夹套瓶中加入CB9-001(200mg,1.0eq,通过与实施例8中CB10-001制法类似的方法获得)和DMF(2ml),搅拌溶清后再添加DIEA(2ml),控制pH为8-9,再加入DOTA-Met-Val-Lys(Mal)-OH(185.19mg,1.4eq),氮气置换3次后,在25℃下搅拌反应1h。HPLC监测反应完毕后,反应液经制备色谱纯化,得黄色固体128.4mg,即化合物7’,纯度95.95%。Add CB9-001 (200mg, 1.0eq, obtained by a method similar to the preparation method of CB10-001 in Example 8) and DMF (2ml) into a 25mL jacketed bottle, stir and dissolve, then add DIEA (2ml), control The pH was 8-9, then DOTA-Met-Val-Lys(Mal)-OH (185.19 mg, 1.4eq) was added, and after nitrogen replacement three times, the reaction was stirred at 25°C for 1 hour. After the HPLC monitoring reaction was completed, the reaction solution was purified by preparative chromatography to obtain 128.4 mg of yellow solid, namely compound 7', with a purity of 95.95%.

LC-MS(ESI+):m/z 2529.7[M+H]+,1265.3[M+2H]+/2。LC-MS(ESI + ): m/z 2529.7[M+H] + ,1265.3[M+2H] + /2.

实施例7:化合物8’的制备Example 7: Preparation of compound 8’

步骤1:
step 1:

利用20%哌啶/DMF脱除TRPV6树脂(该树脂通过常规的多肽固相合成技术在树脂上依次接入Arg、Pro、Leu、Asp、Val、Lys、Ser、Pro、His、Leu、Phe、Glu和Lys并在N端引入Fmoc而得到)中的Fmoc,反应30min,取样,茚三酮显色,确认反应完全。再与DOTA-COOH(3.0eq)、HBTU(3.0eq)、HOBt(1.5eq)和DIEA(4.5eq)在DMF(7V)体系中反应1h,取样,茚三酮显色,确认反应完全,得中间体8-1。Use 20% piperidine/DMF to remove TRPV6 resin (the resin is sequentially connected to the resin with Arg, Pro, Leu, Asp, Val, Lys, Ser, Pro, His, Leu, Phe, Fmoc in Glu and Lys and introducing Fmoc at the N-terminus), react for 30 minutes, take a sample, and develop color with ninhydrin to confirm that the reaction is complete. Then react with DOTA-COOH (3.0eq), HBTU (3.0eq), HOBt (1.5eq) and DIEA (4.5eq) in a DMF (7V) system for 1 hour, take a sample, develop color with ninhydrin, and confirm that the reaction is complete, we get Intermediate 8-1.

步骤2:
Step 2:

配制相当于粗品树脂(即中间体8-1)重量7V的裂解液(配方:90%TFA,2.5%纯化水,2.5%苯酚,2.5%对甲苯硫酚,2.5%TIPS),0-5℃预冷裂解液,然后将粗品树脂倒入裂解液中,升至25℃,氮气保护,搅拌裂解3h,中控反应完全后抽滤除去树脂,得到裂解液。缓慢滴入0℃预冷的MTBE中(MTBE体积为裂解液体积的10V),搅拌析出固体,离心沉降得到粗品,经制备色谱纯化,得纯品51.6mg,即化合物8’,纯度98.27%。Prepare a lysis solution equivalent to 7V of crude resin (i.e., intermediate 8-1) weight (formula: 90% TFA, 2.5% purified water, 2.5% phenol, 2.5% p-cresolthiophenol, 2.5% TIPS), 0-5°C Pre-cool the pyrolysis solution, then pour the crude resin into the pyrolysis solution, raise it to 25°C, protect it with nitrogen, stir and pyrolyze it for 3 hours, and after the reaction is complete, remove the resin by suction filtration to obtain the pyrolysis solution. Slowly drop into 0°C pre-cooled MTBE (the volume of MTBE is 10V of the volume of the lysate), stir to precipitate the solid, centrifuge and settle to obtain the crude product, which is purified by preparative chromatography to obtain 51.6 mg of pure product, namely compound 8', with a purity of 98.27%.

LC-MS(ESI+):m/z 1952.3[M+H]+,977.2[M+2H]+/2。LC-MS(ESI + ): m/z 1952.3[M+H] + ,977.2[M+2H] + /2.

实施例8:化合物9’的制备Example 8: Preparation of compound 9’

步骤1-11与实施例1中的步骤9-19类似,得到DOTA-Met-Val-Lys(Mal)-OH。Steps 1-11 are similar to steps 9-19 in Example 1 to obtain DOTA-Met-Val-Lys(Mal)-OH.

步骤12:
Step 12:

将树脂装载于固相反应柱中,加入DMF,氮气鼓泡至溶剂中,使树脂溶胀30分钟;加入Fmoc-Arg-OH,DCC(二环己基碳二亚胺)和DMAP,在25℃下反应3h,后用醋酸酐个吡啶封端1h,再用DMF洗涤3次,用DBLK脱除树脂上的Fmoc保护基团,再用DMF洗涤5次,称取Fmoc-Pro-OH,HOBt,用DMF溶解,0℃冰水浴下向上述溶液中加入DIC,混合使其活化5分钟,将该溶液加入上述反应柱中,反应3小时后,抽干溶剂,洗涤反应柱中的树脂3遍。然后用DBLK脱除Fmoc保护基团.重复上述操作,按照结构依次偶联Fmoc-Leu-OH、Fmoc-Asp(OtBu)-OH、Fmoc-Val-OH、Fmoc-Lys(Boc)OH、Fmoc-Ser(tBu)-OH、Fmoc-Pro-OH、Fmoc-His(Trt)-OH、Fmoc-Leu-OH、Fmoc-Phe-OH、 Fmoc-Glu(OtBu)-OH、Fmoc-Lys(Boc)-OH、Fmoc-Cys(Trt)-OH、Fmoc-Glu-OtBu以及Pteroic acid。树脂用裂解液裂解后,过滤,裂解液倒入MTBE中,析出固体,用MTBE洗,得到粗品,粗品经Pre-HPLC制备得到CB10-001。Load the resin into the solid-phase reaction column, add DMF, bubble nitrogen into the solvent, and swell the resin for 30 minutes; add Fmoc-Arg-OH, DCC (dicyclohexylcarbodiimide) and DMAP at 25°C. React for 3 hours, then cap it with acetic anhydride and pyridine for 1 hour, then wash with DMF 3 times, use DBLK to remove the Fmoc protecting group on the resin, then wash with DMF 5 times, weigh Fmoc-Pro-OH, HOBt, and use Dissolve DMF, add DIC to the above solution in an ice-water bath at 0°C, mix and activate for 5 minutes, add the solution to the above reaction column, and after 3 hours of reaction, drain the solvent and wash the resin in the reaction column three times. Then use DBLK to remove the Fmoc protecting group. Repeat the above operation and couple Fmoc-Leu-OH, Fmoc-Asp(OtBu)-OH, Fmoc-Val-OH, Fmoc-Lys(Boc)OH, Fmoc- in sequence according to the structure. Ser(tBu)-OH, Fmoc-Pro-OH, Fmoc-His(Trt)-OH, Fmoc-Leu-OH, Fmoc-Phe-OH, Fmoc-Glu(OtBu)-OH, Fmoc-Lys(Boc)-OH, Fmoc-Cys(Trt)-OH, Fmoc-Glu-OtBu and Pteroic acid. After the resin is lysed with lysis solution, it is filtered, and the lysis solution is poured into MTBE to precipitate the solid, which is washed with MTBE to obtain a crude product. The crude product is prepared by Pre-HPLC to obtain CB10-001.

在25mL夹套瓶中加入CB10-001(200mg,1.0eq)和DMF(2ml),搅拌溶清后再添加DIEA(2ml),控制pH为8-9,再加入DOTA-Met-Val-Lys(Mal)-OH(134.76mg,1.4eq),氮气置换3次后,在25℃下搅拌反应1h。HPLC监测反应完毕后,反应液经制备色谱纯化,得黄色固体142.2mg,即化合物9’,纯度97.38%。Add CB10-001 (200mg, 1.0eq) and DMF (2ml) into a 25mL jacketed bottle, stir and dissolve, then add DIEA (2ml), control the pH to 8-9, then add DOTA-Met-Val-Lys ( Mal)-OH (134.76 mg, 1.4 eq), after nitrogen replacement three times, the reaction was stirred at 25°C for 1 hour. After the HPLC monitoring reaction was completed, the reaction solution was purified by preparative chromatography to obtain 142.2 mg of yellow solid, namely compound 9', with a purity of 97.38%.

LC-MS(ESI+):m/z 3099.5[M+H]+,1034.4[M+3H]+/3。LC-MS(ESI + ): m/z 3099.5[M+H] + ,1034.4[M+3H] + /3.

实施例9:化合物10’的制备Example 9: Preparation of compound 10'

步骤1:
step 1:

利用20%哌啶/DMF脱除TRPV6树脂中的Fmoc,反应30min取样,茚三酮显色,确认反应完全。再与Cys-108(3.0eq)、HOBt(3.0eq)和DIC(3.8eq)在DMF(7V)体系中反应1h,取样,茚三酮显色,确认反应完全,得中间体10-1。Use 20% piperidine/DMF to remove Fmoc from TRPV6 resin, take samples after 30 minutes of reaction, and develop color with ninhydrin to confirm that the reaction is complete. Then react with Cys-108 (3.0eq), HOBt (3.0eq) and DIC (3.8eq) in a DMF (7V) system for 1 hour, take a sample, develop color with ninhydrin, confirm that the reaction is complete, and obtain intermediate 10-1.

步骤2:
Step 2:

配制相当于粗品树脂(即中间体10-1)重量7V的裂解液(配方:92.5%TFA,2.5%纯化水,2.5%苯酚,2.5%对甲苯硫酚,2.5%TIPS),0-5℃预冷裂解液,然后将粗品树脂倒入裂解液中,升至25℃,氮气保护,搅拌裂解3h,中控反应完全后抽滤除去树脂,得到裂解液。缓慢滴入0℃预冷的MTBE中(MTBE体积为裂解液体积的10V),搅拌析出固体,离心沉降,得到粗品,制备纯化,得CB11-001。Prepare a lysis solution equivalent to 7V of crude resin (i.e. intermediate 10-1) weight (formula: 92.5% TFA, 2.5% purified water, 2.5% phenol, 2.5% p-cresolthiophenol, 2.5% TIPS), 0-5°C Pre-cool the pyrolysis solution, then pour the crude resin into the pyrolysis solution, raise it to 25°C, protect it with nitrogen, stir and pyrolyze it for 3 hours, and after the reaction is complete, remove the resin by suction filtration to obtain the pyrolysis solution. Slowly drop it into 0°C pre-cooled MTBE (the volume of MTBE is 10V of the volume of the lysis solution), stir to precipitate the solid, centrifuge and settle to obtain the crude product, which is preparative and purified to obtain CB11-001.

步骤3-13与实施例1中的步骤9-19类似,得到DOTA-Met-Val-Lys(Mal)-OH。Steps 3-13 are similar to steps 9-19 in Example 1 to obtain DOTA-Met-Val-Lys(Mal)-OH.

步骤14:
Step 14:

在25mL夹套瓶中加入CB11-001(200mg,1.0eq)和pH=7.4的磷酸盐缓冲液(2ml),搅拌溶清后,再添加0.15M磷酸氢二钠水溶液,控制pH为8-9,再加入DOTA-Met-Val-Lys(Mal)-OH(186.35mg,2.0eq),氮气置换3次后,在25℃下搅拌反应1h。HPLC监测反应完毕后,反应液经制备色谱纯化,得白色固体111.5mg,即化合物10’,纯度95.00%。Add CB11-001 (200mg, 1.0eq) and phosphate buffer (2ml) with pH=7.4 into a 25mL jacketed bottle. After stirring to dissolve, add 0.15M disodium hydrogen phosphate aqueous solution to control the pH to 8-9. , then add DOTA-Met-Val-Lys(Mal)-OH (186.35 mg, 2.0 eq), replace with nitrogen 3 times, and stir the reaction at 25°C for 1 hour. After the HPLC monitoring reaction was completed, the reaction solution was purified by preparative chromatography to obtain 111.5 mg of white solid, namely compound 10', with a purity of 95.00%.

LC-MS(ESI+):3168.7[M+H]+,793.6[M+4H]+/4。LC-MS(ESI + ): 3168.7[M+H] + ,793.6[M+4H] + /4.

实施例10:化合物11’的制备Example 10: Preparation of compound 11'

步骤1:
step 1:

利用20%哌啶/DMF脱除TRPV6树脂中的Fmoc,反应30min,取样,茚三酮显色,确认反应完全。再与Fmoc-Lys(Dde)-OH(3.0eq)、HOBt(3.0eq)和DIC(3.8eq)在DMF(7V)体系中反应1h,取样,茚三酮显色,确认反应完全,得中间体11-1。Use 20% piperidine/DMF to remove Fmoc from TRPV6 resin, react for 30 minutes, take a sample, and develop color with ninhydrin to confirm that the reaction is complete. Then react with Fmoc-Lys(Dde)-OH (3.0eq), HOBt (3.0eq) and DIC (3.8eq) in DMF (7V) system for 1 hour, take a sample, ninhydrin develops color, confirm that the reaction is complete, and get the intermediate Body 11-1.

步骤2:
Step 2:

利用20%哌啶/DMF脱除中间体11-1中的Fmoc,反应30min取样,茚三酮显色,确认反应完全。再与108(3.0eq)、HOBt(3.0eq)和DIC(3.8eq)在DMF(7V)体系中反应1h,取样,茚三酮显色,确认反应完全,得中间体11-2。Use 20% piperidine/DMF to remove Fmoc in intermediate 11-1, take a sample after 30 minutes of reaction, and develop color with ninhydrin to confirm that the reaction is complete. Then react with 108 (3.0eq), HOBt (3.0eq) and DIC (3.8eq) in a DMF (7V) system for 1 hour, take a sample, and develop color with ninhydrin to confirm that the reaction is complete, and intermediate 11-2 is obtained.

步骤3:
Step 3:

利用2%肼/DMF脱除中间体11-2中的Dde,反应30min,取样,茚三酮显色,确认反应完全。再与DOTA-COOH(3.0eq)、HBTU(3.0eq)、HOBt(1.5eq)和DIEA(4.5eq)在DMF(7V)体系中反应1h,取样,茚三酮显色,确认反应完全,得中间体11-3。Use 2% hydrazine/DMF to remove Dde from intermediate 11-2, react for 30 minutes, take a sample, and develop color with ninhydrin to confirm that the reaction is complete. Then react with DOTA-COOH (3.0eq), HBTU (3.0eq), HOBt (1.5eq) and DIEA (4.5eq) in a DMF (7V) system for 1 hour, take a sample, develop color with ninhydrin, and confirm that the reaction is complete, we get Intermediate 11-3.

步骤4:
Step 4:

配制相当于粗品树脂(即中间体11-3)重量7V的裂解液(配方:90%TFA,2.5%纯化水,2.5%苯酚,2.5%对甲苯硫酚,2.5%TIPS),0-5℃预冷裂解液,然后将粗品树脂倒入裂解液中,升至25℃,氮气保护,搅拌裂解3h,中控反应完全后抽滤除去树脂,得到裂解液。缓慢滴入0℃预冷的MTBE中(MTBE体积为裂解液体积的10V),搅拌析出固体,离心沉降得到粗品,经制备色谱纯化,得纯品222.2mg,即化合物11’,纯度93.975%。Prepare a lysis solution equivalent to 7V of crude resin (i.e., intermediate 11-3) weight (formula: 90% TFA, 2.5% purified water, 2.5% phenol, 2.5% p-cresolthiophenol, 2.5% TIPS), 0-5°C Pre-cool the pyrolysis solution, then pour the crude resin into the pyrolysis solution, raise it to 25°C, protect it with nitrogen, stir and pyrolyze it for 3 hours, and after the reaction is complete, remove the resin by suction filtration to obtain the pyrolysis solution. Slowly drop into 0°C pre-cooled MTBE (the volume of MTBE is 10V of the volume of the lysis solution), stir to precipitate the solid, and centrifuge to settle to obtain the crude product. After purification by preparative chromatography, 222.2 mg of the pure product is obtained, namely compound 11', with a purity of 93.975%.

LC-MS(ESI+):m/z 2572.91[M+H]+,644.06[M+4H]+/4。LC-MS(ESI + ): m/z 2572.91[M+H] + ,644.06[M+4H] + /4.

实施例11:化合物12’的制备Example 11: Preparation of compound 12'

步骤1:
step 1:

向100mL夹套瓶中加入DOTA-COOH(1g,1.0eq)和乙腈(20mL),搅拌溶解,再加入N-羟基丁二酰亚胺(0.3014g,1.5eq)和HBTU(0.9936g,1.5eq),氮气置换3次后,在25℃下搅拌反应2h。TLC监测反应完毕后,向反应液中加入10%柠檬酸水溶液(10ml)和水(100ml),再用DCM萃取(100mL*3),合并有机相,饱和食盐水洗涤,无水硫酸钠干燥,过滤,滤液在35℃水浴下减压浓缩,得白色固体1.34g,即中间体12-1。Add DOTA-COOH (1g, 1.0eq) and acetonitrile (20mL) to a 100mL jacketed bottle, stir to dissolve, then add N-hydroxysuccinimide (0.3014g, 1.5eq) and HBTU (0.9936g, 1.5eq) ), after nitrogen replacement three times, the reaction was stirred at 25°C for 2 hours. After the TLC monitoring reaction is completed, add 10% citric acid aqueous solution (10ml) and water (100ml) to the reaction solution, then extract with DCM (100mL*3), combine the organic phases, wash with saturated brine, and dry over anhydrous sodium sulfate. Filter, and the filtrate is concentrated under reduced pressure in a 35°C water bath to obtain 1.34 g of white solid, which is intermediate 12-1.

步骤2:
Step 2:

向25mL夹套瓶中加入2-(2-(2-氨基乙氧基)乙氧基)乙酸(0.3917g,1.2eq)和饱和的NaHCO3水 溶液(3.5ml),控制pH为8-9,再加入中间体12-1(1.34g,1.0eq)在DME(3.5ml)和THF(3.5ml)中的溶液,氮气置换3次后,在25℃下搅拌反应2h。TLC监测反应完毕后,将反应液倒入水(50ml)中,再用DCM萃取(50mL*3),合并有机相,饱和食盐水洗涤,无水硫酸钠干燥,过滤,滤液在35℃水浴下减压浓缩,得到油状固体1.06g,即中间体12-2。Add 2-(2-(2-aminoethoxy)ethoxy)acetic acid (0.3917g, 1.2eq) and saturated NaHCO water to a 25mL jacketed flask solution (3.5ml), control the pH to 8-9, then add a solution of intermediate 12-1 (1.34g, 1.0eq) in DME (3.5ml) and THF (3.5ml), after nitrogen replacement 3 times, The reaction was stirred at 25°C for 2 h. After the reaction is monitored by TLC, pour the reaction solution into water (50ml), then extract with DCM (50mL*3), combine the organic phases, wash with saturated brine, dry over anhydrous sodium sulfate, filter, and store the filtrate in a 35°C water bath Concentrate under reduced pressure to obtain 1.06 g of oily solid, namely intermediate 12-2.

步骤3:
Step 3:

向25mL夹套瓶中依次加入中间体12-2(1.06g,1.0eq)、N-Boc-乙二胺(0.2990g,1.5eq)、DMF(10ml),HATU(0.7095g,1.5eq)和DIEA(0.4823g,3.0eq),氮气置换3次后,在25℃下搅拌反应2h。HPLC监测反应完毕后,将反应液倒入水(100ml)中,再用DCM萃取(100mL*3),合并有机相,饱和食盐水洗涤,无水硫酸钠干燥,过滤,滤液在35℃水浴下减压浓缩后拌样,柱层析纯化(梯度洗脱,DCM:MeOH=50:1至10:1),得到白色固体310mg,即中间体12-3。To the 25mL jacketed bottle, add intermediate 12-2 (1.06g, 1.0eq), N-Boc-ethylenediamine (0.2990g, 1.5eq), DMF (10ml), HATU (0.7095g, 1.5eq) and DIEA (0.4823g, 3.0eq), after nitrogen replacement three times, the reaction was stirred at 25°C for 2 hours. After the reaction is monitored by HPLC, pour the reaction solution into water (100ml), and then extract with DCM (100mL*3). Combine the organic phases, wash with saturated brine, dry over anhydrous sodium sulfate, filter, and store the filtrate in a 35°C water bath Concentrate under reduced pressure, stir the sample, and purify by column chromatography (gradient elution, DCM:MeOH=50:1 to 10:1) to obtain 310 mg of white solid, which is intermediate 12-3.

步骤4:
Step 4:

向100mL单口瓶中加入中间体12-3(310mg,1.0eq)和DCM(10ml),搅拌溶解后,再加入TFA(20ml)、TES(3ml)和纯化水(3ml),在25℃下搅拌反应2h。HPLC监测反应完毕后,将反应液在25℃水浴下减压浓缩至近干,再加入甲醇(0.5ml)溶解,并滴加到MTBE(20ml)中搅拌0.5h,过滤析出的固体,减压干燥,得白色固体200mg,即中间体12-4。Add intermediate 12-3 (310 mg, 1.0 eq) and DCM (10 ml) to a 100 mL single-neck bottle. After stirring to dissolve, add TFA (20 ml), TES (3 ml) and purified water (3 ml), and stir at 25°C. Reaction 2h. After the reaction is monitored by HPLC, the reaction solution is concentrated under reduced pressure in a 25°C water bath to nearly dryness, then methanol (0.5ml) is added to dissolve, and added dropwise to MTBE (20ml) and stirred for 0.5h. The precipitated solid is filtered and dried under reduced pressure. , 200 mg of white solid was obtained, namely intermediate 12-4.

步骤5:
Step 5:

在25mL夹套瓶中依次加入中间体12-5-1(200mg)、N-羟基丁二酰亚胺(155mg)和DMF(2mL),搅拌溶解后,再加入EDCI(342mg),氮气置换3次后,在25℃下搅拌反应2h。TLC监测反应完毕后,将反应液倒入水(30mL)中,再用DCM萃取(30mL*3),合并有机相,饱和食盐水洗涤,无水硫酸钠干燥,过滤,滤液在35℃水浴下减压浓缩,得黄色油状固体400mg,即中间体12-5。Add intermediate 12-5-1 (200mg), N-hydroxysuccinimide (155mg) and DMF (2mL) in sequence to a 25mL jacketed bottle. After stirring and dissolving, add EDCI (342mg) and replace with nitrogen for 3 seconds. After several times, the reaction was stirred at 25°C for 2 h. After the reaction is monitored by TLC, pour the reaction solution into water (30mL), then extract with DCM (30mL*3), combine the organic phases, wash with saturated brine, dry over anhydrous sodium sulfate, filter, and store the filtrate in a 35°C water bath Concentrate under reduced pressure to obtain 400 mg of yellow oily solid, namely intermediate 12-5.

在50mL单口瓶中加入中间体12-4(200mg,1.0eq)和饱和的NaHCO3水溶液(3ml),控制pH为8-9,再加入中间体12-5(275.07mg,1.5eq)在DME(3ml)和THF(3ml)中的溶液,氮气置换3次后,在25℃下搅拌反应2h。HPLC监测反应完毕后,反应液经制备色谱纯化,得油状固体114mg,即化合物12’,纯度95.39%。Add intermediate 12-4 (200mg, 1.0eq) and saturated NaHCO 3 aqueous solution (3ml) into a 50mL single-neck bottle, control the pH to 8-9, then add intermediate 12-5 (275.07mg, 1.5eq) in DME (3 ml) and THF (3 ml), after nitrogen replacement three times, the reaction was stirred at 25°C for 2 h. After the reaction was monitored by HPLC, the reaction solution was purified by preparative chromatography to obtain 114 mg of oily solid, namely compound 12', with a purity of 95.39%.

LC-MS(ESI+):m/z 1019.6[M+H]+,510.7[M+2H]+/2。 LC-MS(ESI + ): m/z 1019.6[M+H] + ,510.7[M+2H] + /2.

实施例12:化合物13’的制备Example 12: Preparation of compound 13’

步骤1-11与实施例1中的步骤9-19类似,得到DOTA-Met-Val-Lys(Mal)-OH。Steps 1-11 are similar to steps 9-19 in Example 1 to obtain DOTA-Met-Val-Lys(Mal)-OH.

步骤12:
Step 12:

向25mL夹套瓶中加入S-三苯甲基-L-半胱氨酸(200mg,1.0eq)和饱和的NaHCO3水溶液(2mL),控制pH为8-9,再加入中间体12-5(448.19mg,1.5eq)在DME(2ml)和THF(2ml)中的溶液,氮气置换3次后,在25℃下搅拌反应2h。HPLC监测反应完毕后,将反应液倒入水(30ml)中,再用DCM萃取(30mL*3),合并有机相,饱和食盐水洗涤,无水硫酸钠干燥,过滤,滤液在35℃水浴下减压浓缩,得中间体13-1粗品580mg。Add S-trityl-L-cysteine (200mg, 1.0eq) and saturated NaHCO 3 aqueous solution (2mL) to a 25mL jacketed bottle, control the pH to 8-9, and then add intermediate 12-5 (448.19mg, 1.5eq) in DME (2ml) and THF (2ml), after nitrogen replacement three times, the reaction was stirred at 25°C for 2h. After the reaction is monitored by HPLC, pour the reaction solution into water (30ml), then extract with DCM (30mL*3), combine the organic phases, wash with saturated brine, dry over anhydrous sodium sulfate, filter, and store the filtrate in a 35°C water bath Concentrate under reduced pressure to obtain 580 mg of crude intermediate 13-1.

步骤13:
Step 13:

向100mL单口瓶中加入中间体13-1(580mg,1.0eq)和DCM(15ml),搅拌溶解后,再加入TFA(15ml)和TES(283.50mg,3.33eq),在25℃下搅拌反应2h。HPLC监测反应完毕后,将反应液在25℃水浴下减压浓缩至近干,加入MTBE(20ml)搅拌0.5h,过滤析出的固体,减压浓缩,得中间体13-2粗品306mg。Add intermediate 13-1 (580 mg, 1.0 eq) and DCM (15 ml) to a 100 mL single-neck bottle, stir and dissolve, then add TFA (15 ml) and TES (283.50 mg, 3.33 eq), and stir for 2 hours at 25°C. . After the reaction was monitored by HPLC, the reaction solution was concentrated under reduced pressure in a 25°C water bath to nearly dryness. MTBE (20 ml) was added and stirred for 0.5 h. The precipitated solid was filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure to obtain 306 mg of crude intermediate 13-2.

步骤14:
Step 14:

向25mL夹套瓶中加入中间体13-2(300mg,1.0eq)和DMF(2ml),搅拌溶清后添加DIEA,控制pH为8-9,再加入DOTA-Met-Val-Lys(Mal)-OH(991mg,1.8eq),氮气置换3次后,在25℃下搅拌反应1h。HPLC监测反应完毕后,反应液经制备色谱纯化,得橘红色固体140.5mg,即化合物13’,纯度97.00%。Add intermediate 13-2 (300mg, 1.0eq) and DMF (2ml) to a 25mL jacketed bottle, stir and dissolve, add DIEA, control the pH to 8-9, and then add DOTA-Met-Val-Lys (Mal) -OH (991 mg, 1.8 eq), after nitrogen replacement three times, the reaction was stirred at 25°C for 1 hour. After the HPLC monitoring reaction was completed, the reaction solution was purified by preparative chromatography to obtain 140.5 mg of orange-red solid, namely compound 13', with a purity of 97.00%.

LC-MS(ESI+):m/z 1554.6[M+H]+,779.3[M+2H]+/2。LC-MS (ESI + ): m/z 1554.6[M+H] + ,779.3[M+2H] + /2.

实施例13:化合物14’的制备
Example 13: Preparation of compound 14'

取CR211D6(50.0mg,1.0eq,制法参见Nature Medicine.,2015,vol.21,pp.955-961),用DMF(1ml)溶解,加入DOTA-OSu-(COOH)3(18.0mg,2.0eq),再加入DIEA,控制pH为9,室温下搅拌反应3h。HPLC检测反应完全,经制备液相纯化,得产品42mg,即化合物14’,纯度87.73%。Take CR211D6 (50.0mg, 1.0eq, for the preparation method, see Nature Medicine., 2015, vol.21, pp.955-961), dissolve it in DMF (1ml), and add DOTA-OSu-(COOH) 3 (18.0mg, 2.0 eq), then add DIEA, control the pH to 9, and stir the reaction at room temperature for 3 hours. HPLC detected that the reaction was complete, and after preparative liquid phase purification, 42 mg of the product, namely compound 14', was obtained with a purity of 87.73%.

LC-MS(ESI+):m/z 3167.3[M+H]+,1584.2[M+2H]+/2。LC-MS(ESI + ): m/z 3167.3[M+H] + ,1584.2[M+2H] + /2.

实施例14:化合物15’的制备Example 14: Preparation of compound 15’

步骤1:
step 1:

将DOTA-COOH(1000.0mg,1.0eq)加入到100ml单口瓶中,再加入N-羟基丁二酰亚胺(226.0mg,1.1eq)、HBTU(740.0mg,1.1eq)和乙腈(20ml),室温下搅拌过夜。加入5%柠檬酸水溶液淬灭 反应,再加入DCM萃取,有机相经无水硫酸钠干燥后减压浓缩,得白色蜡状物0.87g,即DOTA-OSu。Add DOTA-COOH (1000.0mg, 1.0eq) into a 100ml single-mouth bottle, then add N-hydroxysuccinimide (226.0mg, 1.1eq), HBTU (740.0mg, 1.1eq) and acetonitrile (20ml), Stir at room temperature overnight. Add 5% citric acid aqueous solution to quench reaction, and then added DCM for extraction. The organic phase was dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and concentrated under reduced pressure to obtain 0.87g of white waxy substance, namely DOTA-OSu.

步骤2:
Step 2:

将中间体15-1(100.0mg,1.0eq)加入到100ml单口瓶中,再加入DOTA-OSu(276.0mg,1.5eq)和乙腈(10ml),搅拌溶解后,冰浴下滴加DIEA(150μl),控制pH为9,撤去冰浴,室温下搅拌过夜。加入5%柠檬酸水溶液淬灭反应,再加入DCM萃取,有机相经无水硫酸钠干燥后减压浓缩,得透明油状物0.272mg,即中间体15-2。Add intermediate 15-1 (100.0 mg, 1.0 eq) into a 100 ml single-neck bottle, then add DOTA-OSu (276.0 mg, 1.5 eq) and acetonitrile (10 ml). After stirring and dissolving, add DIEA (150 μl) dropwise in an ice bath. ), control the pH to 9, remove the ice bath, and stir at room temperature overnight. Add 5% citric acid aqueous solution to quench the reaction, and then add DCM for extraction. The organic phase is dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and concentrated under reduced pressure to obtain 0.272 mg of a transparent oil, which is intermediate 15-2.

步骤3:Step 3:

将中间体15-2(100.0mg,1.0eq)加入到100ml单口瓶中,再加入DCM(5ml)和TFA(5ml),并加入TES(0.2ml),室温下搅拌过夜。HPLC检测反应完全后,将反应液减压浓缩至近干,并滴加到MTBE中,离心除去上清液,固体经制备色谱纯化,得产品30mg,即化合物15’,纯度95.60%。Add intermediate 15-2 (100.0 mg, 1.0 eq) into a 100 ml single-neck bottle, then add DCM (5 ml) and TFA (5 ml), add TES (0.2 ml), and stir at room temperature overnight. After HPLC detects that the reaction is complete, the reaction solution is concentrated under reduced pressure to nearly dryness, and is added dropwise to MTBE. The supernatant is removed by centrifugation. The solid is purified by preparative chromatography to obtain 30 mg of product, namely compound 15', with a purity of 95.60%.

LC-MS(ESI+):m/z 756.28[M+H]+LC-MS(ESI + ): m/z 756.28[M+H] + .

实施例15:化合物16’的制备Example 15: Preparation of compound 16'

步骤1-3与实施例1中的步骤16-18类似,得到中间体2-3。Steps 1-3 are similar to steps 16-18 in Example 1 to obtain intermediate 2-3.

步骤4:
Step 4:

向50mL三口瓶中依次加入中间体15-1(1.00g,1.0eq)、6-Fmoc氨基己酸(0.96g,1.05eq)、HOBT(0.52g,1.5eq)、EDCI(0.74g,1.5eq)、DMAP(0.032g,0.1eq)、DIEA(1.00g,3.0eq)和DMF(10V),室温下搅拌2-3h。HPLC监控反应完毕后,反应液经制备色谱纯化,得白色固体1.01g,即CB3-001。Add intermediate 15-1 (1.00g, 1.0eq), 6-Fmoc aminocaproic acid (0.96g, 1.05eq), HOBT (0.52g, 1.5eq), and EDCI (0.74g, 1.5eq) to the 50mL three-necked flask in sequence. ), DMAP (0.032g, 0.1eq), DIEA (1.00g, 3.0eq) and DMF (10V), stir at room temperature for 2-3h. After the HPLC monitoring reaction was completed, the reaction solution was purified by preparative chromatography to obtain 1.01g of white solid, namely CB3-001.

步骤5:
Step 5:

向50mL三口瓶中加入CB3-001(1.00g,1.0eq)、DMF(3.2ml)和哌啶(0.8ml),室温下搅拌30min。HPLC监控反应完毕后,将反应液滴入MTBE(40ml)中,离心得到白色固体600mg,即CB3-002。Add CB3-001 (1.00g, 1.0eq), DMF (3.2ml) and piperidine (0.8ml) to a 50mL three-necked flask, and stir at room temperature for 30min. After the reaction was monitored by HPLC, the reaction solution was dropped into MTBE (40 ml), and centrifuged to obtain 600 mg of white solid, namely CB3-002.

步骤6:
Step 6:

向50mL三口瓶中加入CB3-002(393mg,1.0eq)、中间体2-3(717mg,1.6eq)、DIEA(632mg,6.0eq)和DMF(5ml),室温下搅拌2-3h。HPLC监控反应完毕后,反应液经制备色谱纯化,得白色固体458.6mg,即化合物16’,纯度95.88%。Add CB3-002 (393mg, 1.0eq), intermediate 2-3 (717mg, 1.6eq), DIEA (632mg, 6.0eq) and DMF (5ml) to a 50mL three-necked flask, and stir at room temperature for 2-3h. After the HPLC monitoring reaction was completed, the reaction solution was purified by preparative chromatography to obtain 458.6 mg of white solid, namely compound 16', with a purity of 95.88%.

LC-MS(ESI+):m/z 1033.7[M+H]+LC-MS(ESI + ): m/z 1033.7[M+H] + .

实施例16:化合物17’的制备Example 16: Preparation of compound 17'

步骤1-6与实施例1中的步骤1-6类似,得到CB6-002。Steps 1-6 are similar to steps 1-6 in Example 1 to obtain CB6-002.

步骤7:
Step 7:

利用20%哌啶/DMF脱除CB6-002中的Fmoc,反应30min,取样,茚三酮显色,确认反应完全。再与Fmoc-Lys(Boc)-OH(3.0eq)、HOBt(3.0eq)和DIC(3.8eq)在DMF(10V)体系中反应1h,取样,茚三酮显色,确认反应完全,得中间体17-1。Use 20% piperidine/DMF to remove Fmoc from CB6-002, react for 30 minutes, take a sample, and develop color with ninhydrin to confirm that the reaction is complete. Then react with Fmoc-Lys(Boc)-OH (3.0eq), HOBt (3.0eq) and DIC (3.8eq) in DMF (10V) system for 1 hour, take a sample, ninhydrin develops color, confirm that the reaction is complete, and get the intermediate Body 17-1.

步骤8:
Step 8:

利用20%哌啶/DMF脱除中间体17-1中的Fmoc,反应30min,取样,茚三酮显色,确认反应完全。再与Fmoc-氨基己酸(3.0eq)、HOBt(3.0eq)和DIC(3.8eq)在DMF(10V)体系中反应1h,取样,茚三酮显色,确认反应完全,得中间体17-2。Use 20% piperidine/DMF to remove Fmoc in intermediate 17-1, react for 30 minutes, take a sample, and develop color with ninhydrin to confirm that the reaction is complete. Then react with Fmoc-aminocaproic acid (3.0eq), HOBt (3.0eq) and DIC (3.8eq) in a DMF (10V) system for 1 hour, take a sample, develop color with ninhydrin, confirm that the reaction is complete, and obtain intermediate 17- 2.

步骤9:
Step 9:

利用20%哌啶/DMF脱除中间体17-2中的Fmoc,反应30min,取样,茚三酮显色,确认反应完全。再与DOTA-COOH(3.0eq)、HBTU(3.0eq)、HOBt(3.0eq)和DIEA(6.0eq)在DMF(10V)体系中反应2h,取样,茚三酮显色,确认反应完全,得中间体17-3。Use 20% piperidine/DMF to remove Fmoc in intermediate 17-2, react for 30 minutes, take a sample, and develop color with ninhydrin to confirm that the reaction is complete. Then react with DOTA-COOH (3.0eq), HBTU (3.0eq), HOBt (3.0eq) and DIEA (6.0eq) in a DMF (10V) system for 2 hours, take a sample, develop color with ninhydrin, and confirm that the reaction is complete, we get Intermediate 17-3.

步骤10:
Step 10:

配制相当于粗品树脂(即中间体17-3)重量10V的裂解液(配方:90%TFA/DCM),0-5℃预冷裂解液,将粗品树脂加入裂解液中,升至25℃,氮气保护,搅拌裂解3h,中控反应完全后抽滤除去树脂,得到裂解液。30℃下减压浓缩除去裂解液中DCM。将裂解浓缩液10倍体积的MTBE预冷至0℃,并向其中缓慢滴入裂解浓缩液,搅拌析出固体,离心沉降得到粗品,经制备色谱纯化,得产品903mg,即中间体17-4。Prepare a pyrolysis solution (formula: 90% TFA/DCM) equivalent to 10V of the weight of the crude resin (i.e., intermediate 17-3), pre-cool the pyrolysis solution at 0-5°C, add the crude resin to the pyrolysis solution, and raise it to 25°C. Under nitrogen protection, stir and lyse for 3 hours. After the control reaction is complete, the resin is removed by suction filtration to obtain a lysis solution. Concentrate under reduced pressure at 30°C to remove DCM in the lysate. Pre-cool MTBE with 10 times the volume of the cleavage concentrate to 0°C, slowly drop the cleavage concentrate into it, stir to precipitate the solid, centrifuge and settle to obtain the crude product, which is purified by preparative chromatography to obtain 903 mg of the product, which is intermediate 17-4.

步骤11:
Step 11:

取中间体12-5(100mg,1.0eq)和中间体17-4(237mg,1.0eq),加入DIEA将反应液pH调为9,室温下磁力搅拌反应2h。HPLC监控反应完毕后,反应液经制备色谱纯化,得产品70.9mg,即化合物17’,纯度98.87%。Take intermediate 12-5 (100 mg, 1.0 eq) and intermediate 17-4 (237 mg, 1.0 eq), add DIEA to adjust the pH of the reaction solution to 9, and stir the reaction with magnetic stirring at room temperature for 2 hours. After the HPLC monitoring reaction was completed, the reaction solution was purified by preparative chromatography to obtain 70.9 mg of product, namely compound 17', with a purity of 98.87%.

LC-MS(ESI+):m/z 1710.83[M+H]+,427.3[M+4H]+/4。LC-MS(ESI + ): m/z 1710.83[M+H] + ,427.3[M+4H] + /4.

实施例17:化合物18’的制备Example 17: Preparation of compound 18'

步骤1:
step 1:

将中间体18-1(202.0mg,1.0eq)加入到25ml单口瓶中,加入DMF(3ml)溶解后,再加入EDCI(234.0mg,4.0eq),磁力搅拌,再加入N-羟基丁二酰亚胺(50.0mg,1.2eq),室温下反应2h。HPLC监控反应完全后,将反应液滴加到MTBE中,固体析出后,离心除去上清液,将固体过滤、干燥,得产品243.1mg,即中间体18-2。Add intermediate 18-1 (202.0mg, 1.0eq) into a 25ml single-neck bottle, add DMF (3ml) to dissolve, then add EDCI (234.0mg, 4.0eq), stir magnetically, and then add N-hydroxysuccinyl Imine (50.0mg, 1.2eq), react at room temperature for 2h. After HPLC monitors that the reaction is complete, the reaction solution is added dropwise to MTBE. After the solid precipitates, the supernatant is removed by centrifugation, and the solid is filtered and dried to obtain 243.1 mg of product, which is intermediate 18-2.

步骤2:
Step 2:

向25ml单口瓶中加入中间体18-2(100.0mg,1.0eq)和中间体17-4(169.3mg,1.0eq),再加入DMF(5ml)溶解,室温下磁力搅拌,滴加DIEA将反应液pH调为9,反应过夜。HPLC监控反应完全,将反应液滴加到MTBE中,固体析出后,离心除去上清液,固体干燥,得产品245.3mg,即中间体18-3。Add intermediate 18-2 (100.0mg, 1.0eq) and intermediate 17-4 (169.3mg, 1.0eq) to a 25ml single-neck bottle, then add DMF (5ml) to dissolve, stir magnetically at room temperature, add DIEA dropwise to complete the reaction The pH of the liquid was adjusted to 9, and the reaction was carried out overnight. HPLC monitors that the reaction is complete, and the reaction solution is added dropwise to MTBE. After the solid is precipitated, the supernatant is removed by centrifugation, and the solid is dried to obtain 245.3 mg of the product, which is intermediate 18-3.

步骤3:
Step 3:

向25ml单口瓶中加入中间体18-3(245.3mg),再加入50%TFA/DCM混合溶剂(5ml),室温下磁力搅拌反应1h。HPLC中控反应完全,将反应液减压浓缩,并经制备色谱纯化,得产品130mg,即化合物18’,纯度98.09%。Add intermediate 18-3 (245.3 mg) to a 25 ml single-neck bottle, then add 50% TFA/DCM mixed solvent (5 ml), and react with magnetic stirring at room temperature for 1 hour. HPLC controlled the reaction to be complete. The reaction solution was concentrated under reduced pressure and purified by preparative chromatography to obtain 130 mg of product, namely compound 18', with a purity of 98.09%.

LC-MS(ESI+):m/z 1869.93[M+H]+,936.0[M+2H]+/2。LC-MS(ESI + ): m/z 1869.93[M+H] + ,936.0[M+2H] + /2.

实施例18:化合物19’的制备Example 18: Preparation of compound 19’

步骤1:
step 1:

按照文献(DOI:10.1002/cmdc.201500600)中记载的方法合成中间体19-1,得到淡黄色固体1.23g。Intermediate 19-1 was synthesized according to the method described in the literature (DOI: 10.1002/cmdc.201500600), and 1.23 g of light yellow solid was obtained.

步骤2:
Step 2:

向25ml单口瓶中加入中间体19-1(279.1mg,2.0eq)和中间体17-4(169.3mg,1.0eq),再加入DMF(5ml)溶解,室温下磁力搅拌,再滴加DIEA将反应液pH调为9,反应过夜。LCMS中控原料反应完全,将反应液滴加到MTBE中,固体析出后,离心除去上清液,固体干燥,得产品273mg,即中间体19-2。Add intermediate 19-1 (279.1mg, 2.0eq) and intermediate 17-4 (169.3mg, 1.0eq) to a 25ml single-neck bottle, then add DMF (5ml) to dissolve, stir magnetically at room temperature, and then add DIEA dropwise. The pH of the reaction solution was adjusted to 9, and the reaction was carried out overnight. LCMS was used to control the complete reaction of the raw materials. The reaction solution was added dropwise to MTBE. After the solid precipitated, the supernatant was removed by centrifugation and the solid was dried to obtain 273 mg of the product, namely intermediate 19-2.

步骤3:
Step 3:

向25ml单口瓶加入中间体19-2(273mg),再加入5ml TFA,室温下磁力搅拌反应3h。HPLC中控反应完全,将反应液减压浓缩,经制备色谱纯化,得产品140mg,即化合物19’,纯度82.29%。Add intermediate 19-2 (273 mg) to a 25 ml single-neck bottle, then add 5 ml of TFA, and react with magnetic stirring at room temperature for 3 hours. HPLC controlled the reaction to be complete. The reaction solution was concentrated under reduced pressure and purified by preparative chromatography to obtain 140 mg of product, compound 19', with a purity of 82.29%.

LC-MS(ESI+):m/z 2096.10[M+H]+,524.86[M+4H]+/4。LC-MS(ESI + ): m/z 2096.10[M+H] + ,524.86[M+4H] + /4.

实施例19:化合物20’的制备Example 19: Preparation of compound 20'

步骤1:
step 1:

将Cl-CTC-树脂(1.09mmol/g,10.0g,1.0eq)加入DCM(250ml)中,机械搅拌2h,使其充分溶胀,加入Fmoc-Lys(Boc)-OH(16.4g,3.0eq),再加入DIEA(4.23g,3.0eq),室温反应3h后,转移到固相合成反应釜中,抽干溶剂,加入DMF(100ml)洗涤2遍后,抽干溶剂,加入20%哌啶/DMF溶液(100ml),氮气鼓泡反应0.5h后,茚三酮显色,反应完全,再加入DMF(100ml)洗涤5遍,然后加入下一个氨基酸(2.0eq)、HATU(3.0eq)和DIEA(3.0eq),氮气鼓泡室温反应1h后,茚三酮显色,反应完全。按照上述方法,在Fmoc-Lys(Boc)-OH上依次接入Fmoc-Lys(Dde)-OH、Fmoc-氨基己酸、DOTA-COOH和Fmoc-氨甲环酸。Add Cl-CTC-resin (1.09mmol/g, 10.0g, 1.0eq) to DCM (250ml), stir mechanically for 2h to fully swell, and add Fmoc-Lys(Boc)-OH (16.4g, 3.0eq) , then add DIEA (4.23g, 3.0eq), react at room temperature for 3 hours, transfer to the solid-phase synthesis reaction kettle, drain the solvent, add DMF (100ml) and wash 2 times, drain the solvent, and add 20% piperidine/ DMF solution (100ml), nitrogen bubbling reaction for 0.5h, ninhydrin develops color, the reaction is complete, then add DMF (100ml) and wash 5 times, then add the next amino acid (2.0eq), HATU (3.0eq) and DIEA (3.0eq), after 1 hour of reaction at room temperature by bubbling nitrogen, ninhydrin developed color and the reaction was complete. According to the above method, Fmoc-Lys(Dde)-OH, Fmoc-aminocaproic acid, DOTA-COOH and Fmoc-tranexamic acid were sequentially connected to Fmoc-Lys(Boc)-OH.

氨基酸缩合对接完毕后,将树脂用DCM(100ml)洗涤3遍,除去残留的DMF后,用甲醇(100ml)洗涤2遍,干燥。将干燥好的树脂用20%三氟乙醇/DCM溶液(200ml)浸泡,磁力搅拌室温反应3h,将缩合好的氨基酸片段从树脂上脱下。HPLC监测反应完全,将反应液过滤,除去树脂,有机相减压浓缩至近干,经制备色谱纯化,得白色固体7.47g,即中间体20-1。After completion of amino acid condensation and docking, the resin was washed three times with DCM (100 ml) to remove residual DMF, washed twice with methanol (100 ml), and dried. Soak the dried resin in 20% trifluoroethanol/DCM solution (200 ml), react with magnetic stirring at room temperature for 3 hours, and remove the condensed amino acid fragments from the resin. HPLC monitored that the reaction was complete. The reaction solution was filtered to remove the resin. The organic phase was concentrated under reduced pressure to nearly dryness and purified by preparative chromatography to obtain 7.47g of a white solid, which was intermediate 20-1.

步骤2:
Step 2:

向50ml单口瓶中加入中间体20-1(445mg,1.0eq)和HBTU(455mg,1.2eq),用DMF(10ml)溶解后加入DIEA(388mg,3.0eq),磁力搅拌室温反应0.5h后,加入中间体12-5-1(1182mg,1.0eq),继续搅拌反应2h。HPLC检测反应完全,加入5%柠檬酸水溶液(10ml)淬灭反应,再加入DCM(100ml)萃取,再用5%柠檬酸水溶液(100ml)洗涤两遍后,加入饱和食盐水洗涤,无水硫酸钠干燥有机相, 减压浓缩,得油状物1.63g,即中间体20-2。Add intermediate 20-1 (445mg, 1.0eq) and HBTU (455mg, 1.2eq) to a 50ml single-neck bottle, dissolve with DMF (10ml), add DIEA (388mg, 3.0eq), stir magnetically and react at room temperature for 0.5h. Intermediate 12-5-1 (1182 mg, 1.0 eq) was added, and the reaction was continued to stir for 2 h. HPLC detects that the reaction is complete. Add 5% citric acid aqueous solution (10ml) to quench the reaction, add DCM (100ml) for extraction, wash twice with 5% citric acid aqueous solution (100ml), add saturated brine for washing, and anhydrous sulfuric acid. Dry the organic phase over sodium, Concentrate under reduced pressure to obtain 1.63g of oil, namely intermediate 20-2.

步骤3:
Step 3:

向50ml单口瓶中加入中间体20-2(1.63g),加入等体积混合的TFA/DCM溶液(20ml),并加入TES(0.2ml),室温下反应2h。LC-MS监测反应完全后,将反应液减压浓缩至近干,并滴加到MTBE中,固体析出后除去上清液,固体经制备色谱纯化,得产品545mg,即中间体20-3。Add intermediate 20-2 (1.63g) to a 50ml single-neck bottle, add an equal volume of mixed TFA/DCM solution (20ml), and add TES (0.2ml), and react at room temperature for 2h. After LC-MS monitors that the reaction is complete, the reaction solution is concentrated under reduced pressure to nearly dryness and added dropwise to MTBE. After solid precipitation, the supernatant is removed. The solid is purified by preparative chromatography to obtain 545 mg of the product, which is intermediate 20-3.

步骤4:
Step 4:

将中间体20-4(202.0mg,1.0eq)加入到25ml单口瓶中,加入DMF(3ml)溶解后加入EDCI(234.0mg,4.0eq),磁力搅拌,再加入N-羟基丁二酰亚胺(50.0mg,1.2eq),室温下反应2h。HPLC监控反应完全后,将反应液滴加到MTBE中,固体析出后离心除去上清液,固体过滤,干燥,得产品243.1mg,即中间体20-5。Add intermediate 20-4 (202.0mg, 1.0eq) into a 25ml single-neck bottle, add DMF (3ml) to dissolve, add EDCI (234.0mg, 4.0eq), stir magnetically, and then add N-hydroxysuccinimide (50.0mg, 1.2eq), react at room temperature for 2h. After HPLC monitors that the reaction is complete, the reaction solution is added dropwise to MTBE. After the solid is precipitated, the supernatant is removed by centrifugation. The solid is filtered and dried to obtain 243.1 mg of product, which is intermediate 20-5.

步骤5:
Step 5:

向25ml单口瓶中加入中间体20-5(100.0mg,1.0eq)和中间体20-4(134.0mg,1.0eq),再加入DMF(5ml)溶解,室温下磁力搅拌,滴加DIEA将反应液pH调为9,反应过夜。HPLC监控反应完全,将反应液滴加到MTBE中,固体析出后离心除去上清液,固体干燥,得产品206.7mg,即中间体20-6。 Add intermediate 20-5 (100.0mg, 1.0eq) and intermediate 20-4 (134.0mg, 1.0eq) to a 25ml single-neck bottle, then add DMF (5ml) to dissolve, stir magnetically at room temperature, add DIEA dropwise to complete the reaction The pH of the liquid was adjusted to 9, and the reaction was carried out overnight. HPLC monitors the completeness of the reaction. The reaction solution is added dropwise to MTBE. After the solid is precipitated, the supernatant is removed by centrifugation and the solid is dried to obtain 206.7 mg of the product, which is intermediate 20-6.

步骤6:
Step 6:

向25ml单口瓶中加入中间体20-6(206.7mg),再加入50%TFA/DCM混合溶剂(5ml),室温下磁力搅拌反应1h。HPLC中控反应完全,将反应液减压浓缩,经制备色谱纯化,得产品9.6mg,即化合物20’,纯度86.49%。Add intermediate 20-6 (206.7 mg) to a 25 ml single-neck bottle, then add 50% TFA/DCM mixed solvent (5 ml), and react with magnetic stirring at room temperature for 1 hour. HPLC controlled the reaction to be complete. The reaction solution was concentrated under reduced pressure and purified by preparative chromatography to obtain 9.6 mg of product, namely compound 20', with a purity of 86.49%.

LC-MS(ESI+):m/z 1926.96[M+H]+,643.4[M+3H]+/3。LC-MS(ESI + ): m/z 1926.96[M+H] + ,643.4[M+3H] + /3.

实施例20:化合物21’的制备Example 20: Preparation of compound 21'

步骤1-3与实施例19中的步骤1-3类似,得到白色固体545mg,即中间体20-3。Step 1-3 was similar to step 1-3 in Example 19, and 545 mg of white solid, namely intermediate 20-3, was obtained.

步骤4:
Step 4:

向25ml单口瓶中加入中间体20-3(100.0mg,1.0eq)和中间体12-5(134.1mg,1.0eq),再加入DMF(5ml)溶解,室温下磁力搅拌,滴加DIEA将反应液pH调为9,反应过夜。HPLC中控反应完全,将反应液滴加到MTBE中,固体析出后离心除去上清液,固体经制备色谱纯化,得纯品6.4mg,即化合物21’,纯度90.78%。Add intermediate 20-3 (100.0mg, 1.0eq) and intermediate 12-5 (134.1mg, 1.0eq) to a 25ml single-neck bottle, then add DMF (5ml) to dissolve, stir magnetically at room temperature, add DIEA dropwise to complete the reaction The pH of the liquid was adjusted to 9, and the reaction was carried out overnight. HPLC was used to control the reaction to be complete. The reaction solution was added dropwise to MTBE. After solid precipitation, the supernatant was removed by centrifugation. The solid was purified by preparative chromatography to obtain 6.4 mg of pure product, namely compound 21', with a purity of 90.78%.

LC-MS(ESI+):m/z 1767.86[M+H]+,884.6[M+2H]+/2。LC-MS(ESI + ): m/z 1767.86[M+H] + ,884.6[M+2H] + /2.

实施例21:化合物22’的制备Example 21: Preparation of compound 22’

步骤1:
step 1:

向25ml单口瓶中加入中间体19-1(279.1mg,2.0eq)和中间体20-3(134.0mg,1.0eq),再加入DMF(5ml)溶解,室温下磁力搅拌,滴加DIEA将反应液pH调为9,反应过夜。LC-MS监控反应完全,将反应液滴加到MTBE中,固体析出后离心除去上清液,固体干燥,得产品216mg,即中间体22-1。Add intermediate 19-1 (279.1mg, 2.0eq) and intermediate 20-3 (134.0mg, 1.0eq) to a 25ml single-neck bottle, then add DMF (5ml) to dissolve, stir magnetically at room temperature, add DIEA dropwise to complete the reaction The pH of the liquid was adjusted to 9, and the reaction was carried out overnight. LC-MS monitors that the reaction is complete. The reaction solution is added dropwise to MTBE. After the solid is precipitated, the supernatant is removed by centrifugation and the solid is dried to obtain 216 mg of product, namely intermediate 22-1.

步骤2:
Step 2:

向25ml单口瓶中加入中间体22-1(216mg),再加入TFA(5ml),室温下磁力搅拌反应3h。HPLC监控反应完全,将反应液减压浓缩,经制备色谱纯化,得产品105mg,即化合物22’,纯度83.66%。Add intermediate 22-1 (216 mg) to a 25 ml single-neck bottle, then add TFA (5 ml), and react with magnetic stirring at room temperature for 3 hours. HPLC monitored that the reaction was complete, and the reaction solution was concentrated under reduced pressure and purified by preparative chromatography to obtain 105 mg of product, namely compound 22', with a purity of 83.66%.

LC-MS(ESI+):m/z 2153.21[M+H]+,539.17[M+4H]+/4。LC-MS(ESI + ): m/z 2153.21[M+H] + ,539.17[M+4H] + /4.

实施例22:化合物23’的制备Example 22: Preparation of compound 23’

步骤1:
step 1:

将中间体23-1(200mg,1.0eq)和EDCI(114mg,1.5eq)加入到25ml单口瓶中,再加入DCM(5ml)溶解,磁力搅拌5min后,加入N-羟基丁二酰亚胺(92mg,2.0eq),室温下搅拌反应2h。HPLC监控反应完全后,加入DCM稀释,再加入饱和食盐水洗涤,无水硫酸钠干燥,减压浓缩,得黄色固体235mg,即中间体23-2。Add intermediate 23-1 (200mg, 1.0eq) and EDCI (114mg, 1.5eq) into a 25ml single-neck bottle, then add DCM (5ml) to dissolve, stir magnetically for 5 minutes, add N-hydroxysuccinimide ( 92mg, 2.0eq), stirred at room temperature for 2h. After HPLC monitors that the reaction is complete, add DCM to dilute, then add saturated brine to wash, dry over anhydrous sodium sulfate, and concentrate under reduced pressure to obtain 235 mg of yellow solid, which is intermediate 23-2.

步骤2:
Step 2:

取中间体23-3(580mg,1.0eq),加入DMF(5ml)溶解,磁力搅拌,再加入DBU(153mg,1.0eq),室温下反应1h。HPLC监控反应完全后,将反应液滴加到MTBE中,有油状物析出,除去上清液,油状物转移到单口瓶中,减压浓缩,得固体281mg,即中间体23-4。Take intermediate 23-3 (580 mg, 1.0 eq), add DMF (5 ml) to dissolve, stir magnetically, then add DBU (153 mg, 1.0 eq), and react at room temperature for 1 hour. After HPLC monitors that the reaction is complete, add the reaction solution dropwise to MTBE. Oily matter precipitates. Remove the supernatant. The oily matter is transferred to a one-neck bottle and concentrated under reduced pressure to obtain 281 mg of solid, which is intermediate 23-4.

将中间体23-2(213mg,1.0eq)和中间体23-4(140mg,1.0eq)加入到25ml单口瓶中,再加入THF(5ml)溶解,磁力搅拌5min,加入DIEA(138mg,3.0eq),室温下搅拌反应2h。HPLC监控反应完全,反应液经制备色谱纯化,得产品79mg,即中间体23-5。 Add intermediate 23-2 (213mg, 1.0eq) and intermediate 23-4 (140mg, 1.0eq) into a 25ml single-neck bottle, then add THF (5ml) to dissolve, stir magnetically for 5 minutes, add DIEA (138mg, 3.0eq) ), stir the reaction at room temperature for 2 h. HPLC monitored the reaction to be complete, and the reaction solution was purified by preparative chromatography to obtain 79 mg of product, namely intermediate 23-5.

步骤3:
Step 3:

将中间体23-5(78mg,1.0eq)加入到25ml单口瓶中,加入DCM(5ml)溶解,再加入TFA(2ml)磁力搅拌,室温下搅拌反应2h。HPLC监控反应完全,将反应液减压浓缩,得玻璃状固体53mg,即中间体23-6。Add intermediate 23-5 (78 mg, 1.0 eq) into a 25 ml single-neck bottle, add DCM (5 ml) to dissolve, then add TFA (2 ml) for magnetic stirring, and stir for 2 hours at room temperature. HPLC monitored that the reaction was complete, and the reaction solution was concentrated under reduced pressure to obtain 53 mg of a glassy solid, namely intermediate 23-6.

步骤4与步骤5:
Step 4 and Step 5:

将中间体23-7(300mg,1.0eq)加入到25ml单口瓶中,再加入DCC(174mg,2.0eq),DMF(5ml)溶解后,磁力搅拌5min。再加入N-羟基丁二酰亚胺(146mg,3.0eq),室温下反应2h。LC-MS监控反应完全,加入5%柠檬酸水溶液(100ml)淬灭反应,加入DCM(100ml)萃取,饱和食盐水洗涤两遍,有机相经无水硫酸钠干燥后减压浓缩,得白色固体473mg,即中间体23-8。Add intermediate 23-7 (300 mg, 1.0 eq) into a 25 ml single-neck bottle, then add DCC (174 mg, 2.0 eq). After DMF (5 ml) is dissolved, stir magnetically for 5 minutes. Then add N-hydroxysuccinimide (146mg, 3.0eq) and react at room temperature for 2h. LC-MS monitors that the reaction is complete. Add 5% citric acid aqueous solution (100ml) to quench the reaction. Add DCM (100ml) for extraction. Wash with saturated brine twice. The organic phase is dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and concentrated under reduced pressure to obtain a white solid. 473 mg, which is intermediate 23-8.

将中间体23-6(53mg,1.0eq)加入到25ml单口瓶中,加入DMF(3ml)溶解,再加入中间体23-8(120mg,2.0eq),磁力搅拌,滴加DIEA(29mg,3.0eq),室温下搅拌反应2h。HPLC监控反应完全,将反应液滴加到MTBE中,固体析出后离心除去上清液。将固体(即中间体23-9粗品)转移到25ml单口瓶中,加入TFA(5ml),搅拌过夜,LC-MS监测反应完全,减压浓缩,经制备色谱纯化,得产品18.3mg,即化合物23’,纯度99.71%。Add intermediate 23-6 (53 mg, 1.0 eq) into a 25 ml single-neck bottle, add DMF (3 ml) to dissolve, then add intermediate 23-8 (120 mg, 2.0 eq), stir magnetically, and dropwise add DIEA (29 mg, 3.0 eq), stir the reaction at room temperature for 2 h. HPLC monitors the completeness of the reaction. The reaction solution is added dropwise to MTBE. After the solid is precipitated, the supernatant is removed by centrifugation. Transfer the solid (i.e., crude intermediate 23-9) to a 25 ml single-neck bottle, add TFA (5 ml), and stir overnight. LC-MS monitors that the reaction is complete. Concentrate under reduced pressure and purify through preparative chromatography to obtain 18.3 mg of the product, which is the compound. 23', purity 99.71%.

LC-MS(ESI+):m/z 1230.64[M+H]+,616.03[M+2H]+/2。 LC-MS(ESI + ): m/z 1230.64[M+H] + ,616.03[M+2H] + /2.

实施例23:化合物24’的制备
Example 23: Preparation of compound 24'

将中间体24-1(50mg,1.0eq)加入到25m单口瓶中,加入DMF(2ml)溶解后,再加入HBTU(65mg,1.5eq)和EDCI(22mg,1.0eq),搅拌5min后,再加入N-羟基丁二酰亚胺(29mg,2.0eq),室温下磁力搅拌1h。HPLC监控反应完全,将反应液滴加到MTBE中,白色固体析出后离心除去上清液,过滤,干燥,得固体63mg,即中间体24-2。Add intermediate 24-1 (50mg, 1.0eq) into a 25m single-neck bottle, add DMF (2ml) to dissolve, then add HBTU (65mg, 1.5eq) and EDCI (22mg, 1.0eq), stir for 5 minutes, and then Add N-hydroxysuccinimide (29 mg, 2.0 eq) and stir magnetically at room temperature for 1 h. HPLC monitors the completion of the reaction. The reaction solution is added dropwise to MTBE. After the white solid precipitates, the supernatant is removed by centrifugation, filtered, and dried to obtain 63 mg of solid, which is intermediate 24-2.

取中间体24-2 63mg(1.0eq)和中间体17-4(226mg,1.5eq),加入TEA(36mg,3.0eq),将反应液pH调为碱性,室温下磁力搅拌反应2h。HPLC监控反应完全,反应液经制备色谱纯化,得产品20.6mg,即化合物24’,纯度91.60%。Take intermediate 24-2 63mg (1.0eq) and intermediate 17-4 (226mg, 1.5eq), add TEA (36mg, 3.0eq), adjust the pH of the reaction solution to alkaline, and stir the reaction with magnetic stirring at room temperature for 2 hours. HPLC monitored that the reaction was complete, and the reaction solution was purified by preparative chromatography to obtain 20.6 mg of product, namely compound 24', with a purity of 91.60%.

LC-MS(ESI+):m/z 1703.89[M+H]+,852.28[M+2H]+/2。LC-MS(ESI + ): m/z 1703.89[M+H] + ,852.28[M+2H] + /2.

实施例24:化合物26’的制备Example 24: Preparation of compound 26’

步骤1:
step 1:

将中间体26-1(400mg,1.0eq)加入到25ml单口瓶中,加入DCM(10ml)溶解后,再加入TFA(2ml),磁力搅拌,室温下搅拌反应2h。HPLC监控反应完全,将反应液减压浓缩,得淡黄色固体313mg。将该固体(313mg,1.0eq)加入到25ml单口瓶中,加入DMF(5ml)溶解后,再加入Fmoc-Asp-OtBu(451mg,1.2eq)和HATU(497mg,1.5eq),磁力搅拌,再加入DIEA(338mg,3.0eq),搅拌过夜。HPLC监控反应完全,加入DCM稀释,再加入饱和食盐水洗涤,无水硫酸钠干燥,减压浓缩,得橘红色油状物670mg,即中间体26-2。Add intermediate 26-1 (400 mg, 1.0 eq) into a 25 ml single-neck bottle, add DCM (10 ml) to dissolve, then add TFA (2 ml), stir magnetically, and stir for 2 hours at room temperature. HPLC monitored that the reaction was complete, and the reaction solution was concentrated under reduced pressure to obtain 313 mg of a light yellow solid. Add the solid (313mg, 1.0eq) into a 25ml single-neck bottle, add DMF (5ml) to dissolve, then add Fmoc-Asp-OtBu (451mg, 1.2eq) and HATU (497mg, 1.5eq), stir magnetically, and then Add DIEA (338 mg, 3.0 eq) and stir overnight. HPLC monitored that the reaction was complete, diluted with DCM, washed with saturated brine, dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, and concentrated under reduced pressure to obtain 670 mg of orange-red oil, which was intermediate 26-2.

步骤2:
Step 2:

将中间体26-2(670mg,1.0eq)加入到50ml单口瓶中,加入DCM(10ml)溶解,再加入TFA(2ml),磁力搅拌,室温下搅拌反应2h。HPLC监控反应完全,将反应液减压浓缩,经制备色谱纯化,得黄色固体436mg,即中间体26-3。Add intermediate 26-2 (670 mg, 1.0 eq) into a 50 ml single-neck bottle, add DCM (10 ml) to dissolve, then add TFA (2 ml), stir magnetically, and stir for 2 hours at room temperature. HPLC monitored the reaction to be complete. The reaction solution was concentrated under reduced pressure and purified by preparative chromatography to obtain 436 mg of yellow solid, which was intermediate 26-3.

步骤3:
Step 3:

将中间体26-3(200mg,1.0eq)加入到25ml单口瓶中,加入DMF(5ml)溶解后,再加入EDCI(111mg,2.0eq)和N-羟基丁二酰亚胺(100mg,3.0eq),磁力搅拌,室温反应搅拌3h。HPLC监控反应完全,加入DCM稀释,再加入饱和食盐水洗涤,无水硫酸钠干燥,减压浓缩,得黄色固体231mg,即中间体26-4。Add intermediate 26-3 (200mg, 1.0eq) into a 25ml single-neck bottle, add DMF (5ml) to dissolve, then add EDCI (111mg, 2.0eq) and N-hydroxysuccinimide (100mg, 3.0eq) ), magnetically stirred, and the reaction was stirred at room temperature for 3 h. HPLC monitored that the reaction was complete, diluted with DCM, washed with saturated brine, dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, and concentrated under reduced pressure to obtain 231 mg of yellow solid, which was intermediate 26-4.

步骤4:
Step 4:

将中间体26-4(200mg,1.0eq)和中间体23-4(181mg,2.0eq)加入到25ml单口瓶中,加入DMF(5ml)溶解,磁力搅拌5min,再加入DIEA(98mg,3.0eq),室温下搅拌反应2h。HPLC监控反应完全,将反应液经制备色谱纯化,得产品162mg,即中间体26-5。Add intermediate 26-4 (200mg, 1.0eq) and intermediate 23-4 (181mg, 2.0eq) into a 25ml single-neck bottle, add DMF (5ml) to dissolve, stir magnetically for 5 minutes, then add DIEA (98mg, 3.0eq) ), stir the reaction at room temperature for 2 h. HPLC monitored the reaction to be complete, and the reaction solution was purified by preparative chromatography to obtain 162 mg of product, namely intermediate 26-5.

步骤5与步骤6:
Step 5 and Step 6:

取中间体26-5(100mg,1.0eq),加入DMF(5ml)溶解,磁力搅拌,再加入DBU(16mg,1.0eq),室温下反应1h。HPLC监控反应完全(有中间体26-6生成),加入中间体23-8(162mg,2.0eq),再加入DIEA将反应液pH调到9以上,室温下搅拌反应3h。HPLC监控反应完全,加入DCM稀释,再加入饱和食盐水洗涤,无水硫酸钠干燥,减压浓缩,得黄色固体121mg,即中间体26-7。Take intermediate 26-5 (100 mg, 1.0 eq), add DMF (5 ml) to dissolve, stir magnetically, then add DBU (16 mg, 1.0 eq), and react at room temperature for 1 hour. HPLC monitored that the reaction was complete (intermediate 26-6 was produced), added intermediate 23-8 (162 mg, 2.0 eq), then added DIEA to adjust the pH of the reaction solution to above 9, and stirred the reaction at room temperature for 3 hours. HPLC monitored that the reaction was complete, diluted with DCM, washed with saturated brine, dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, and concentrated under reduced pressure to obtain 121 mg of yellow solid, which was intermediate 26-7.

步骤7:
Step 7:

将中间体26-7(121mg)加入到25ml单口瓶中,加入TFA(5ml),室温搅拌过夜。LC-MS监测反应完全,将反应液减压浓缩,经制备色谱纯化,得产品29.6mg,即化合物26’,纯度98.71%。Intermediate 26-7 (121 mg) was added to a 25 ml single-neck bottle, TFA (5 ml) was added, and the mixture was stirred at room temperature overnight. LC-MS monitored that the reaction was complete. The reaction solution was concentrated under reduced pressure and purified by preparative chromatography to obtain 29.6 mg of product, compound 26', with a purity of 98.71%.

LC-MS(ESI+):m/z 1301.43[M+H]+LC-MS(ESI + ): m/z 1301.43[M+H] + .

实施例25:化合物27’的制备Example 25: Preparation of compound 27’

步骤1-3与实施例19中的步骤1-3类似,得产品545mg,即中间体20-3。Steps 1-3 were similar to steps 1-3 in Example 19, and 545 mg of product, namely intermediate 20-3, was obtained.

步骤4:
Step 4:

将中间体15-1(369mg,1.0eq)加入到25ml单口瓶中,加入DMF(2ml)溶解后,加入丁二酸酐(120mg,1.2eq),再加入DIEA(388mg,3.0eq),室温反应2h。LC-MS监控反应完全,将反应液滴加到MTBE中,固体析出后过滤,干燥,得白色固体470mg,即中间体27-1。将中间体27-1(470mg,1.0eq)加入到25ml单口瓶中,加入DMF(2ml)溶解,再加入EDCI(287mg,1.5eq)和N-羟基丁二酰亚胺(230mg,2.0eq),室温下搅拌反应2h。LC-MS检测反应完全,将反应液滴加到MTBE中,固体析出后除去上清液,固体干燥,得产品435mg,即中间体27-2。Add intermediate 15-1 (369mg, 1.0eq) into a 25ml single-neck bottle, add DMF (2ml) to dissolve, add succinic anhydride (120mg, 1.2eq), then add DIEA (388mg, 3.0eq), and react at room temperature 2h. LC-MS monitors that the reaction is complete. The reaction solution is added dropwise to MTBE. After solid precipitation, it is filtered and dried to obtain 470 mg of white solid, which is intermediate 27-1. Add intermediate 27-1 (470mg, 1.0eq) into a 25ml single-neck bottle, add DMF (2ml) to dissolve, then add EDCI (287mg, 1.5eq) and N-hydroxysuccinimide (230mg, 2.0eq) , stir the reaction at room temperature for 2h. LC-MS detected that the reaction was complete. The reaction solution was added dropwise to MTBE. After solid precipitation, the supernatant was removed and the solid was dried to obtain 435 mg of product, namely intermediate 27-2.

步骤5:
Step 5:

向25ml单口瓶中加入中间体27-2(57mg,1.0eq)和中间体20-3(134.1mg,1.0eq),加入DMF(5ml)溶解,室温下磁力搅拌,再滴加DIEA将反应液pH调为9,反应过夜。HPLC监控反应完全,将反应液滴加到MTBE中,固体析出后,离心除去上清液,固体经制备色谱纯化,得纯品11.3mg,即化合物27’,纯度93.78%。Add intermediate 27-2 (57 mg, 1.0 eq) and intermediate 20-3 (134.1 mg, 1.0 eq) to a 25 ml single-neck bottle, add DMF (5 ml) to dissolve, stir magnetically at room temperature, and then add DIEA dropwise to mix the reaction solution The pH was adjusted to 9 and the reaction was carried out overnight. HPLC monitored that the reaction was complete, and the reaction solution was added dropwise to MTBE. After the solid precipitated, the supernatant was removed by centrifugation. The solid was purified by preparative chromatography to obtain 11.3 mg of pure product, namely compound 27', with a purity of 93.78%.

LC-MS(ESI+):m/z 1791.81[M+H]+LC-MS(ESI + ): m/z 1791.81[M+H] + .

实验例1:放射性核素偶联药物在CDX模型中的影像学研究Experimental Example 1: Imaging study of radionuclide conjugated drugs in CDX model

1.样品制备1. Sample preparation

取本发明的放射性核素偶联药物前体物(前体物的实际用量均为其理论分子量的千分之一左右),加入到生理盐水(1ml)中,取100μl并加入到900μl醋酸溶液(pH=4.5,0.4M)中稀释,取10μl并向其中加入0.5mCi的177LuCl3溶液,再加入30μl醋酸溶液,于60℃加热30min,反应完成后冷却到室温,得放射性核素偶联药物。以化合物7’为例,其实际用量为2.5mg,在177LuCl3溶液中完成螯合 后得到相应的177Lu偶联药物。Take the radionuclide coupled drug precursor of the present invention (the actual dosage of the precursor is about one thousandth of its theoretical molecular weight), add it to physiological saline (1ml), take 100μl and add to 900μl acetic acid solution (pH=4.5, 0.4M), take 10 μl and add 0.5 mCi of 177 LuCl 3 solution, then add 30 μl of acetic acid solution, heat at 60°C for 30 minutes, cool to room temperature after the reaction is completed, and obtain radionuclide coupling drug. Taking compound 7' as an example, its actual dosage is 2.5 mg, and the chelation is completed in 177 LuCl 3 solution Finally, the corresponding 177 Lu conjugated drug was obtained.

2.CDX小鼠模型构建2.Construction of CDX mouse model

293T-F/P(高表达FOLR1受体和PSMA受体)细胞准备:将FOLR受体及PSMA受体质粒转染至293T细胞中,获得高表达FOLR1受体和PSMA受体的293T细胞,即293T-F/P细胞。经相关测试发现,该细胞同样能够高表达FAPI受体,因此可用于筛选靶向FAPI受体的放射性核素偶联药物。本试验采用上述293T-F/P细胞进行化合物活性测试。293T-F/P (high expression of FOLR1 receptor and PSMA receptor) cell preparation: transfect FOLR receptor and PSMA receptor plasmids into 293T cells to obtain 293T cells with high expression of FOLR1 receptor and PSMA receptor, that is, 293T-F/P cells. Relevant tests have shown that the cells can also highly express FAPI receptors and can therefore be used to screen radionuclide-conjugated drugs targeting FAPI receptors. This experiment uses the above-mentioned 293T-F/P cells to test compound activity.

模型构建:将准备好的293T-F/P细胞接种于BALB/c裸鼠(5周龄,18-20g,雌性)右肢腿部皮下,等肿瘤生长扩增到300-500mm3时,模型构建完成。Model construction: Inoculate the prepared 293T-F/P cells into the subcutaneous skin of the right limb of BALB/c nude mice (5 weeks old, 18-20g, female). When the tumor grows and expands to 300-500mm3 , the model The build is complete.

3.分组给药观察3. Group drug administration observation

分组:肿瘤平均长至约300-500mm3后进行分组,设置模型对照组(接种293T细胞的BALB/c裸鼠)和不同药物给药组。Grouping: After the tumors grow to an average length of about 300-500mm , they are divided into groups, and a model control group (BALB/c nude mice inoculated with 293T cells) and different drug administration groups are set up.

实验观察与测量:按照Micro-SPECT/CT操作规程开机,打开扫描软件;采用异氟烷麻醉荷瘤鼠后,尾静脉注射显像剂,给药剂量为1nmol/500μCi/0.2mL/只;给药后30min、1h、2h、4h、8h、24h、48h和72h时进行数据采集,采集方式为静态5min SPECT、中分辨率全身CT。Experimental observation and measurement: Turn on the computer according to the Micro-SPECT/CT operating procedures and open the scanning software; after anesthetizing the tumor-bearing mice with isoflurane, inject imaging agent into the tail vein at a dose of 1 nmol/500 μCi/0.2 mL/mouse; give Data collection was performed at 30min, 1h, 2h, 4h, 8h, 24h, 48h and 72h after taking the drug. The collection methods were static 5min SPECT and medium-resolution whole-body CT.

4.实验结果与分析4. Experimental results and analysis

由图13和图14可知,由前体物17’制得的偶联物在肿瘤中高富集、且富集快,滞留时间长(72h仍有药物在肿瘤中富集);肾脏代谢快(8h基本代谢完成),其他器官富集低。上述结果表明,该偶联物及其前体物结合PSMA/FAP的特异性良好,肾及其他器官毒性低,安全性高,可用于肿瘤的治疗或诊断。It can be seen from Figure 13 and Figure 14 that the conjugate prepared from precursor 17' is highly enriched in tumors, enriched quickly, and has a long retention time (the drug is still enriched in tumors after 72 hours); renal metabolism is rapid ( Basic metabolism is completed in 8 hours), and the enrichment in other organs is low. The above results show that the conjugate and its precursor have good specificity for binding to PSMA/FAP, low toxicity to kidneys and other organs, high safety, and can be used for the treatment or diagnosis of tumors.

由图15和16可知,由前体物21’制得的偶联物在肿瘤中高富集、且富集快,滞留时间长(72h仍有一定药物富集于肿瘤)、肾脏代谢快(2h基本代谢完成),其他器官富集低,代谢快。上述结果表明,该偶联物及其前体物结合FAP/FAP的特异性良好,其他器官毒性低,安全性高,可用于肿瘤的治疗或诊断。It can be seen from Figures 15 and 16 that the conjugate prepared from precursor 21' is highly enriched in tumors, and the enrichment is rapid, with a long retention time (a certain amount of drug is still enriched in tumors after 72 hours), and rapid renal metabolism (2 hours Basic metabolism is completed), other organs have low enrichment, and metabolism is fast. The above results show that the conjugate and its precursor have good specificity for binding to FAP/FAP, have low toxicity to other organs and are highly safe, and can be used for the treatment or diagnosis of tumors.

由图17和18可知,由前体物1’制得的偶联物在肿瘤中高富集、且富集快,滞留时间长(72h仍有一定的药物富集在肿瘤),肾脏代谢快(24h基本代谢完成),其他器官富集低、代谢快。上述结果表明,该偶联物及其前体物结合PSMA的特异性良好,毒性低,安全性高,可用于肿瘤的治疗或诊断。It can be seen from Figures 17 and 18 that the conjugate prepared from precursor 1' is highly enriched in tumors, and the enrichment is rapid, the retention time is long (a certain amount of drug is still enriched in tumors after 72 hours), and the kidney metabolism is rapid ( Basic metabolism is completed in 24 hours), other organs have low enrichment and fast metabolism. The above results show that the conjugate and its precursor have good specificity for binding to PSMA, low toxicity, and high safety, and can be used for the treatment or diagnosis of tumors.

由图19和20可知,由前体物2’制得的偶联物在肿瘤中高富集、且富集快,滞留时间较长(8h以上),肾脏代谢快(8h基本代谢完成),其他器官富集低。上述结果表明,该偶联物及其前体物结合PSMA的特异性良好,肾毒性低,安全性高,可用于肿瘤的治疗或诊断。It can be seen from Figures 19 and 20 that the conjugate prepared from precursor 2' is highly enriched in tumors, and the enrichment is rapid, the retention time is long (more than 8 hours), and the kidney metabolism is rapid (basic metabolism is completed in 8 hours). Organ enrichment is low. The above results show that the conjugate and its precursor have good specificity for binding to PSMA, low nephrotoxicity, high safety, and can be used for the treatment or diagnosis of tumors.

由图21和22可知,由前体物4’制得的偶联物在肿瘤中高富集、且富集快,滞留时间较长(8h以上),肾脏代谢快(8h基本代谢完成),其他器官富集低。上述结果表明,该偶联物及其前体物结合PSMA的特异性良好,肾毒性低,安全性高,可用于肿瘤的治疗或诊断。It can be seen from Figures 21 and 22 that the conjugate prepared from precursor 4' is highly enriched in tumors, and the enrichment is rapid, the residence time is long (more than 8 hours), and the kidney metabolism is rapid (basic metabolism is completed in 8 hours). Organ enrichment is low. The above results show that the conjugate and its precursor have good specificity for binding to PSMA, low nephrotoxicity, high safety, and can be used for the treatment or diagnosis of tumors.

上述结果表明,本发明的前体物的肿瘤靶向性好,由其制得的放射性核素偶联药物在肿瘤中富集快,治疗时间长,而在其他器官(尤其是肾脏)中富集较低,代谢快,毒性小,可用于肿瘤的治疗或诊断。The above results show that the precursor of the present invention has good tumor targeting properties, and the radionuclide conjugated drug prepared therefrom is rapidly enriched in tumors and has a long treatment time, while it is enriched in other organs (especially kidneys). It has low concentration, fast metabolism and low toxicity, and can be used for the treatment or diagnosis of tumors.

尽管上面已经示出和描述了本发明的实施例,可以理解的是,上述实施例是示例性的,不能理解为对本发明的限制。在不脱离本发明的原理和宗旨的情况下,本领域的普通技术人员在本发明的范围内可以对上述实施例进行变化、修改、替换和变型,这些变化、修改、替换和变型均涵盖在本发明的范围之中。 Although the embodiments of the present invention have been shown and described above, it should be understood that the above-described embodiments are illustrative and should not be construed as limitations of the present invention. Without departing from the principles and purposes of the present invention, those of ordinary skill in the art can make changes, modifications, substitutions and modifications to the above embodiments within the scope of the present invention, and these changes, modifications, substitutions and modifications are all covered by within the scope of the present invention.

Claims (44)

一种放射性核素偶联药物前体物,其具有如式I所示的结构,
A radionuclide conjugated drug precursor having a structure shown in formula I,
其中,in, LG表示靶向配体;LG represents targeting ligand; S表示间隔子;S represents spacer; L表示连接子;L represents the linker; C表示螯合剂;C represents chelating agent; m为1或2;m is 1 or 2; n为0或1;n is 0 or 1; p为0或1;并且p is 0 or 1; and 当p为0时,C与S或LG直接相连;When p is 0, C is directly connected to S or LG; 当n为0时,LG与L或C直接相连;When n is 0, LG is directly connected to L or C; 当m为2时,两个LG彼此相同或不同,并且,两个LG同时与S、L或C相连,或者两个LG彼此相连后再与S、L或C相连。When m is 2, the two LGs are the same or different from each other, and the two LGs are connected to S, L, or C at the same time, or the two LGs are connected to each other and then to S, L, or C.
根据权利要求1所述的放射性核素偶联药物前体物,其特征在于,其具有如式I-1所示的结构,
LG-L-C
I-1
The radionuclide conjugated drug precursor according to claim 1, characterized in that it has a structure shown in formula I-1,
LG-LC
I-1
其中,LG、L和C如权利要求1中所定义。Wherein, LG, L and C are as defined in claim 1.
根据权利要求1所述的放射性核素偶联药物前体物,其特征在于,其具有如式I-2所示的结构,
LG-C
I-2
The radionuclide conjugated drug precursor according to claim 1, characterized in that it has a structure shown in formula I-2,
LG-C
I-2
其中,LG和C如权利要求1中所定义。Wherein, LG and C are as defined in claim 1.
根据权利要求1所述的放射性核素偶联药物前体物,其特征在于,其具有如式I-3所示的结构,
The radionuclide conjugated drug precursor according to claim 1, characterized in that it has a structure shown in formula I-3,
其中,LG、S、L和C如权利要求1中所定义。Wherein, LG, S, L and C are as defined in claim 1.
根据权利要求1所述的放射性核素偶联药物前体物,其特征在于,其具有如式I-4所示的结构,
The radionuclide conjugated drug precursor according to claim 1, characterized in that it has a structure shown in formula I-4,
其中,LG、S和C如权利要求1中所定义。Wherein, LG, S and C are as defined in claim 1.
根据权利要求1所述的放射性核素偶联药物前体物,其特征在于,其具有如式I-5所示的结构,
The radionuclide conjugated drug precursor according to claim 1, characterized in that it has a structure shown in formula I-5,
其中,LG、L和C如权利要求1中所定义。Wherein, LG, L and C are as defined in claim 1.
根据权利要求1所述的放射性核素偶联药物前体物,其特征在于,其具有如式I-6所示的结构,
The radionuclide conjugated drug precursor according to claim 1, characterized in that it has a structure shown in formula I-6,
其中,LG、L和C如权利要求1中所定义。Wherein, LG, L and C are as defined in claim 1.
根据权利要求1-7中任一项所述的放射性核素偶联药物前体物,其特征在于,The radionuclide conjugated drug precursor according to any one of claims 1-7, characterized in that, 所述靶向配体结合以下细胞表面蛋白:PSMA、FORL1、TRPV6、FAPI、C-MET、CAIX、RGD、Hepsin或Sigma。The targeting ligand binds to the following cell surface proteins: PSMA, FORL1, TRPV6, FAPI, C-MET, CAIX, RGD, Hepsin or Sigma. 根据权利要求2或3所述的放射性核素偶联药物前体物,其特征在于,The radionuclide conjugated drug precursor according to claim 2 or 3, characterized in that, 所述靶向配体结合以下细胞表面蛋白:PSMA、TRPV6、FAPI、C-MET或CAIX。The targeting ligand binds to the following cell surface proteins: PSMA, TRPV6, FAPI, C-MET or CAIX. 根据权利要求4-7中任一项所述的放射性核素偶联药物前体物,其特征在于,The radionuclide conjugated drug precursor according to any one of claims 4 to 7, characterized in that, 所述靶向配体结合以下细胞表面蛋白:PSMA/FORL1、FORL1/TRPV6、PSMA/TRPV6、PSMA/FAPI、PSMA/RGD、PSMA/Hepsin、FAPI/RGD、FAPI/FAPI、FAPI/Hespin、PSMA/Sigma或FAPI/CAIX。The targeting ligand binds to the following cell surface proteins: PSMA/FORL1, FORL1/TRPV6, PSMA/TRPV6, PSMA/FAPI, PSMA/RGD, PSMA/Hepsin, FAPI/RGD, FAPI/FAPI, FAPI/Hespin, PSMA/ Sigma or FAPI/CAIX. 根据权利要求1-10中任一项所述的放射性核素偶联药物前体物,其特征在于,The radionuclide conjugated drug precursor according to any one of claims 1 to 10, characterized in that, 所述靶向配体由多肽、抗体或小分子形成。The targeting ligand is formed from polypeptides, antibodies or small molecules. 根据权利要求1-7中任一项所述的放射性核素偶联药物前体物,其特征在于,The radionuclide conjugated drug precursor according to any one of claims 1-7, characterized in that, 每一个所述靶向配体各自独立地由式LG-I、LG-II、LG-III、LG-IV、LG-V、LG-VI、LG-VII、LG-VIII、LG-IX中的任一种配体化合物形成,
Each of the targeting ligands is independently composed of the formulas LG-I, LG-II, LG-III, LG-IV, LG-V, LG-VI, LG-VII, LG-VIII, and LG-IX. Any ligand compound is formed,
在式LG-I中,In formula LG-I, RLG1为氨基、 R LG1 is amino, 其中in R1为氢或任选取代的环烷基甲酰基;R 1 is hydrogen or optionally substituted cycloalkylformyl; R2和R3各自独立地为氢或任选取代的C6-C10芳基;R 2 and R 3 are each independently hydrogen or optionally substituted C 6 -C 10 aryl; R4为羟基、任选取代的C1-C6烷氨基、氨基酸衍生基团或由2-6个氨基酸组成的寡肽衍生基团;R 4 is a hydroxyl group, an optionally substituted C 1 -C 6 alkylamino group, an amino acid derivative group or an oligopeptide derivative group composed of 2-6 amino acids; R5为任选取代的C1-C6烷基;当被取代时,取代基为氨基取代的C1-C6烷酰基、氨基取代的C6-C10芳酰基或由二者经酰胺化反应得到的酰基;R 5 is optionally substituted C 1 -C 6 alkyl; when substituted, the substituent is amino-substituted C 1 -C 6 alkanoyl, amino-substituted C 6 -C 10 aroyl, or both through amide The acyl group obtained by the chemical reaction; 式LG-II为蝶酸或者叶酸或其类似物;Formula LG-II is pteroic acid or folic acid or its analogues; 优选地,所述叶酸的类似物选自5-甲基四氢叶酸、5-甲酰四氢叶酸、10-甲酰叶酸、甲氨蝶呤、5,10-亚甲基四氢叶酸、氨基蝶呤和雷替曲塞;Preferably, the folic acid analog is selected from the group consisting of 5-methyltetrahydrofolate, 5-formyltetrahydrofolate, 10-formyltetrahydrofolate, methotrexate, 5,10-methylenetetrahydrofolate, amino pterin and raltitrexed; 式LG-III包含多肽EGKLSSNDTEGGLCKEFLHPSKVDLPR中的全部或部分氨基酸;Formula LG-III includes all or part of the amino acids in the polypeptide EGKLSSNDTEGGLCKEFLHPSKVDLPR; 优选地,式LG-III包含所述多肽中的9至27个氨基酸;Preferably, formula LG-III comprises 9 to 27 amino acids in said polypeptide; 或者,式LG-III与多肽KEFLHPSKVDLPR具有至少70%、75%、80%、85%、90%、95%、96%、97%、98%或99%的序列同一性;
Alternatively, Formula LG-III has at least 70%, 75%, 80%, 85%, 90%, 95%, 96%, 97%, 98% or 99% sequence identity with the polypeptide KEFLHPSKVDLPR;
在式LG-IV中,In formula LG-IV, RLG2为卤素、氨基、 R LG2 is halogen, amino, 其中in R8为氢、其中R 8 is hydrogen, in R8’为羧基取代的C1-C6烷氨基、羧基取代的C3-C8环烷基甲基氨基或羧基取代的C1-C2烷氧基C1-C2烷氧基C1-C2烷氨基;R 8' is carboxyl-substituted C 1 -C 6 alkylamino, carboxyl-substituted C 3 -C 8 cycloalkylmethylamino or carboxyl-substituted C 1 -C 2 alkoxy C 1 -C 2 alkoxy C 1 -C 2alkylamino ; R8”为氢、氨基取代的C1-C6烷酰基、氨基取代的C1-C2烷氧基C1-C2烷氧基C1-C2烷酰基、羧基取代 的C1-C6烷酰基或羧基取代的C1-C2烷氧基C1-C2烷氧基C1-C2烷酰基;R 8″ is hydrogen, amino-substituted C 1 -C 6 alkanoyl, amino-substituted C 1 -C 2 alkoxy, C 1 -C 2 alkoxy C 1 -C 2 alkanoyl, carboxyl substituted C 1 -C 6 alkanoyl or carboxyl substituted C 1 -C 2 alkoxy C 1 -C 2 alkoxy C 1 -C 2 alkanoyl; R9其中R 9 is in R9’为羰基或亚甲基;
R 9' is carbonyl or methylene;
在式LG-V中,In the formula LG-V, X为单键或-(CH2CH2O)nCH2CONH-,其中X is a single bond or -(CH 2 CH 2 O) n CH 2 CONH-, where n为0、1、2或3;n is 0, 1, 2 or 3; RLG3为氢或其中R LG3 is hydrogen or in R10为羟基或羧基取代的C1-C6烷氨基;
R 10 is a hydroxyl- or carboxyl-substituted C 1 -C 6 alkylamino group;
在式LG-VI中,In the formula LG-VI, B1~B5各自独立地为由如下氨基酸中的任一种形成氨基酸片段:苯丙氨酸、谷氨酸、精氨酸、甘氨酸和天冬氨酸;并且B 1 to B 5 are each independently an amino acid fragment formed from any one of the following amino acids: phenylalanine, glutamic acid, arginine, glycine and aspartic acid; and 任选地向B1~B5中至少一个的残基中引入任选取代的烷酰基和/或任选取代的氨基;
optionally introducing an optionally substituted alkanoyl group and/or an optionally substituted amino group into at least one residue of B 1 to B 5 ;
在式LG-VII中,In formula LG-VII, C1~C4各自独立地表示氨基酸片段,其中C1的C端连接苯并噻唑基,C4的N端连接乙酰基,并且C 1 to C 4 each independently represent an amino acid fragment, wherein the C terminal of C 1 is connected to a benzothiazolyl group, and the N terminal of C 4 is connected to an acetyl group, and 任选地向C1~C4中至少一个的残基中引入任选取代的烷酰基;
optionally introducing an optionally substituted alkanoyl group into at least one residue of C 1 to C 4 ;
在式LG-VIII中,In formula LG-VIII, Y为其中由*标注的一端连接羧基,另一端连接环Z; Y is One end marked with * is connected to the carboxyl group, and the other end is connected to the ring Z; 环Z为C6-C10芳环或5-9元杂芳环;Ring Z is a C 6 -C 10 aromatic ring or a 5-9 membered heteroaromatic ring; RLG4为氢、C1-C6烷基或C1-C6烷氧基;R LG4 is hydrogen, C 1 -C 6 alkyl or C 1 -C 6 alkoxy; 式LG-IX包含多肽Cysa-X1-Cysc-X2-Gly-Pro-Pro-X3-Phe-Glu-Cysd-Trp-Cysb-Tyr-X4-X5-X6,其中:X1为Asn、His或Tyr;X2为Gly、Ser、Thr或Asn;X3为Thr或Arg;X4为Ala、Asp、Glu、Gly或Ser;X5为Ser或Thr;X6为Asp或Glu;Cysa-d各自独立地为半胱氨酸残基;优选地,残基Cysa与Cysb以及Cysc与Cysd分别环化形成两个独立的二硫键;Formula LG-IX contains the polypeptide Cys a -X1-Cys c -X2-Gly-Pro-Pro-X3-Phe-Glu-Cys d -Trp-Cys b -Tyr-X4-X5-X6, where: X1 is Asn, His or Tyr; X2 is Gly, Ser, Thr or Asn; X3 is Thr or Arg; X4 is Ala, Asp, Glu, Gly or Ser; X5 is Ser or Thr ; Cysteine residue; preferably, residues Cys a and Cys b and Cys c and Cys d are cyclized respectively to form two independent disulfide bonds; 进一步地,式LG-IX包含多肽Ala-Gly-Ser-Cysa-Tyr-Cysc-Ser-Gly-Pro-Pro-Arg-Phe-Glu-Cysd-Trp-Cysb-Tyr-Glu-Thr-Glu-Gly-Thr-Gly-Gly-Gly-Lys,其中:Cysa-d各自独立地为半胱氨酸残基;优选地,残基Cysa与Cysb以及Cysc与Cysd分别环化形成两个独立的二硫键;更优选地,式IX的末端赖氨酸的羧基被酰胺化;或者,式IX与所述多肽具有至少80%、85%、90%、95%、96%、97%、98%或99%的序列同一性,其中:Cysa-d各自独立地为半胱氨酸残基;优选地,残基Cysa与Cysb以及Cysc与Cysd分别环化形成两个独立的二硫键。Further, the formula LG-IX includes the polypeptide Ala-Gly-Ser-Cys a -Tyr-Cys c -Ser-Gly-Pro-Pro-Arg-Phe-Glu-Cys d -Trp-Cys b -Tyr-Glu-Thr -Glu-Gly-Thr-Gly-Gly-Gly-Lys, wherein: Cys ad is each independently a cysteine residue; preferably, the residues Cys a and Cys b and Cys c and Cys d are respectively cyclized to form Two independent disulfide bonds; more preferably, the carboxyl group of the terminal lysine of Formula IX is amidated; or, Formula IX has at least 80%, 85%, 90%, 95%, 96%, 97%, 98% or 99% sequence identity, wherein: Cys ad is each independently a cysteine residue; preferably, the residues Cys a and Cys b and Cys c and Cys d are respectively cyclized to form two independent disulfide bonds.
根据权利要求2或3所述的放射性核素偶联药物前体物,其特征在于,The radionuclide conjugated drug precursor according to claim 2 or 3, characterized in that, 所述靶向配体由式LG-I、LG-III、LG-IV、LG-V、LG-IX中的任一种配体化合物或其光学异构体形成。The targeting ligand is formed from any ligand compound of formula LG-I, LG-III, LG-IV, LG-V, LG-IX or its optical isomer. 根据权利要求4-7中任一项所述的放射性核素偶联药物前体物,其特征在于,The radionuclide conjugated drug precursor according to any one of claims 4 to 7, characterized in that, 每一个所述靶向配体各自独立地由式LG-I、LG-II、LG-III、LG-IV、LG-V、LG-VI、LG-VII、LG-VIII中的任一种配体化合物或其光学异构体形成;Each of the targeting ligands is independently formulated by any one of the formulas LG-I, LG-II, LG-III, LG-IV, LG-V, LG-VI, LG-VII, and LG-VIII. Formation of bulk compounds or optical isomers thereof; 优选地,两个所述靶向配体分别由式LG-I/LG-II、LG-I/LG-IV、LG-I/LG-VI、LG-I/LG-VII、LG-I/LG-VIII、LG-I/LG-III、LG-II/LG-III、LG-IV/LG-IV、LG-IV/LG-V、LG-IV/LG-VI或LG-IV/LG-VII配体化合物或其光学异构体形成。Preferably, the two targeting ligands are respectively composed of the formulas LG-I/LG-II, LG-I/LG-IV, LG-I/LG-VI, LG-I/LG-VII, LG-I/ LG-VIII, LG-I/LG-III, LG-II/LG-III, LG-IV/LG-IV, LG-IV/LG-V, LG-IV/LG-VI or LG-IV/LG- VII ligand compound or its optical isomer is formed. 根据权利要求8所述的放射性偶联药物前体物,其特征在于,The radioactive conjugated drug precursor according to claim 8, characterized in that, 所述靶向配体为下列任意一种:The targeting ligand is any one of the following: 由式LG-I配体化合物或其光学异构体形成并结合细胞表面蛋白PSMA的靶向配体;A targeting ligand formed from a ligand compound of formula LG-I or an optical isomer thereof and binding to the cell surface protein PSMA; 由式LG-II配体化合物或其光学异构体形成并结合细胞表面蛋白FORL1的靶向配体;A targeting ligand formed from a ligand compound of formula LG-II or an optical isomer thereof and binding to the cell surface protein FORL1; 由式LG-III配体化合物或其光学异构体形成并结合细胞表面蛋白TRPV6的靶向配体;A targeting ligand formed from a ligand compound of formula LG-III or an optical isomer thereof and binding to the cell surface protein TRPV6; 由式LG-IV配体化合物或其光学异构体形成并结合细胞表面蛋白FAPI的靶向配体;A targeting ligand formed from a ligand compound of formula LG-IV or an optical isomer thereof and binding to the cell surface protein FAPI; 由式LG-V配体化合物或其光学异构体形成并结合细胞表面蛋白CAIX的靶向配体;A targeting ligand formed from a ligand compound of formula LG-V or an optical isomer thereof and binding to the cell surface protein CAIX; 由式LG-VI配体化合物或其光学异构体形成并结合细胞表面蛋白RGD的靶向配体;A targeting ligand formed from a ligand compound of formula LG-VI or an optical isomer thereof and binding to the cell surface protein RGD; 由式LG-VII配体化合物或其光学异构体形成并结合细胞表面蛋白Hepsin的靶向配体;A targeting ligand formed from a ligand compound of formula LG-VII or an optical isomer thereof and bound to the cell surface protein Hepsin; 由式LG-VIII配体化合物或其光学异构体形成并结合细胞表面蛋白Sigma的靶向配体;和A targeting ligand formed from a ligand compound of formula LG-VIII or an optical isomer thereof and binding to the cell surface protein Sigma; and 由式LG-IX配体化合物或其光学异构体形成并结合细胞表面蛋白C-MET的靶向配体。A targeting ligand formed from a ligand compound of formula LG-IX or an optical isomer thereof and binding to the cell surface protein C-MET. 根据权利要求1-7中任一项所述的放射性核素偶联药物前体物,其特征在于,The radionuclide conjugated drug precursor according to any one of claims 1 to 7, characterized in that, 每一个所述靶向配体各自独立地由下列任意一种配体化合物形成:




Each of the targeting ligands is independently formed from any one of the following ligand compounds:




根据权利要求1-3中任一项所述的放射性核素偶联药物前体物,其特征在于,The radionuclide conjugated drug precursor according to any one of claims 1-3, characterized in that, 所述靶向配体由下列任意一种配体化合物形成:

The targeting ligand is formed from any one of the following ligand compounds:

根据权利要求1和4-7中任一项所述的放射性核素偶联药物前体物,其特征在于,The radionuclide conjugated drug precursor according to any one of claims 1 and 4-7, characterized in that, 每一个所述靶向配体各自独立地由下列任意一种配体化合物形成:


Each of the targeting ligands is independently formed from any one of the following ligand compounds:


根据权利要求1-18中任一项所述的放射性核素偶联药物前体物,其特征在于,The radionuclide conjugated drug precursor according to any one of claims 1-18, characterized in that, 所述螯合剂含有数目可变的多个杂原子以络合放射性核素,并且是环状的或非环状的,其中:所述杂原子为N、O、S或P原子,优选N、O或S原子,更优选N或O原子;The chelating agent contains a variable number of heteroatoms to complex radionuclides, and is cyclic or acyclic, wherein: the heteroatoms are N, O, S or P atoms, preferably N, O or S atom, more preferably N or O atom; 优选地,所述环状的螯合剂为1,4,7-三氮杂环壬烷、1,4,7-三氮杂环壬烷-三乙酸、1,4,7,10-四氮杂环十二烷、1,4,7,10-四氮杂环十三烷、1,4,7,11-四氮杂环十四烷、1,4,7,10-四氮杂环十二烷-1,4,7,10-四乙酸、2-(1,4,7,10-四氮杂环十二烷-1-基)乙酸、2,2'-(1,4,7,10-四氮杂环十二烷-1,7-二基)二乙酸、2,2',2”-(1,4,7,10-四氮杂环十二烷-1,4,7-三基)三乙酸、1,4,8,11-四氮杂环十四烷、1,4,8,12-四氮杂环十五烷、1,5,9,13-四氮杂环十六烷、2-(1,4,8,11-四氮杂环十四烷-1-基)乙酸或2,2’-(1,4,8,11-四氮杂环十四烷-1,8-二基)二乙酸;Preferably, the cyclic chelating agent is 1,4,7-triazacyclononane, 1,4,7-triazacyclononane-triacetic acid, 1,4,7,10-tetraaza Heterocyclododecane, 1,4,7,10-tetraazacyclotridecane, 1,4,7,11-tetraazacyclotetradecane, 1,4,7,10-tetraazacyclotetradecane Dodecane-1,4,7,10-tetraacetic acid, 2-(1,4,7,10-tetraazacyclododecan-1-yl)acetic acid, 2,2'-(1,4, 7,10-tetraazacyclododecane-1,7-diyl)diacetic acid, 2,2',2″-(1,4,7,10-tetraazacyclododecane-1,4 ,7-triyl)triacetic acid, 1,4,8,11-tetraazacyclotetradecane, 1,4,8,12-tetraazacyclopentadecane, 1,5,9,13-tetraazacyclotetradecane Azacyclohexadecane, 2-(1,4,8,11-tetraazacyclotetradecan-1-yl)acetic acid or 2,2'-(1,4,8,11-tetraazacyclohexadecane Tetradecan-1,8-diyl)diacetic acid; 优选地,所述非环状的螯合剂为2,2',2”,2”'-(乙烷-1,2-二基双(次氮基))四乙酸、2,2',2”,2”'-((((羧基甲基)亚氮基)双(乙烷-2,1-二基))双(次氮基))四乙酸、2,2'-((2-((羧基甲基)(2-羟基乙基)氨基)乙基)亚氮基)二乙酸、2,3-双(2-巯基乙酰氨基)丙酸、2,2',2”,2”'-(((4'-(3-氨基-4-甲氧基苯基)-[2,2':6',2”-三联吡啶]-6,6”-二基)双(亚甲基))双(次氮基))四乙酸、2,2'-((1-羧基乙基)亚氮基)二乙酸、2,2'-(乙烷-1,2-二基双(亚氮基))双(2-(2-羟基苯基)乙酸)或2,2',2”,2”'-((环己烷-1,2-二基)双(次氮基))四乙酸。Preferably, the acyclic chelating agent is 2,2',2",2"'-(ethane-1,2-diylbis(nitrilo))tetraacetic acid, 2,2',2 ”,2”'-(((carboxymethyl)nitrilo)bis(ethane-2,1-diyl))bis(nitrilo))tetraacetic acid, 2,2'-((2- ((carboxymethyl)(2-hydroxyethyl)amino)ethyl)nitrilo)diacetic acid, 2,3-bis(2-mercaptoacetamido)propionic acid, 2,2',2”,2” '-(((4'-(3-amino-4-methoxyphenyl)-[2,2':6',2"-terpyridine]-6,6"-diyl)bis(methylene base))bis(nitrilo))tetraacetic acid, 2,2'-((1-carboxyethyl)nitrilo)diacetic acid, 2,2'-(ethane-1,2-diylbis( Nitrogen))bis(2-(2-hydroxyphenyl)acetic acid) or 2,2',2",2"'-((cyclohexane-1,2-diyl)bis(nitrilo) ) tetraacetic acid. 根据权利要求1-18中任一项所述的放射性核素偶联药物前体物,其特征在于,The radionuclide conjugated drug precursor according to any one of claims 1-18, characterized in that, 所述螯合剂由下列任意一种螯合剂化合物形成:

The chelating agent is formed from any one of the following chelating agent compounds:

根据权利要求1-20中任一项所述的放射性核素偶联药物前体物,其特征在于,The radionuclide conjugated drug precursor according to any one of claims 1-20, characterized in that, 所述连接子为可裂解的或不可裂解的,优选不可裂解的。The linker is cleavable or non-cleavable, preferably non-cleavable. 根据权利要求1-20中任一项所述的放射性核素偶联药物前体物,其特征在于,所述连接子为式L-I、L-II、L-III、L-IV、L-V中的任意一种,
The radionuclide-coupled drug precursor according to any one of claims 1 to 20, characterized in that the linker is in the formulas LI, L-II, L-III, L-IV, and LV. any kind,
在式L-I中,由*标注的一端连接偶联药物前体物中的靶向配体或者以羟基或氨基封端,由**标注的一端连接偶联药物前体物中的靶向配体或螯合剂或者以氢或乙酰基封端;R不存在或为由氨基酸形成的二价结构片段;优选地,R为由赖氨酸、色氨酸或缬氨酸形成的二价结构片段;
In formula LI, the end marked with * is connected to the targeting ligand in the conjugated drug precursor or is terminated with a hydroxyl or amino group, and the end marked with ** is connected to the targeting ligand in the conjugated drug precursor. Or a chelating agent or terminated with hydrogen or an acetyl group; R does not exist or is a bivalent structural fragment formed by amino acids; preferably, R is a bivalent structural fragment formed by lysine, tryptophan or valine;
在式L-II中,由***标注的一端连接偶联药物前体物中的间隔子或靶向配体,由**标注的一端连接偶联药物前体物中的螯合剂;X为NH或O;n为2-8中的任一整数;
In formula L-II, the end marked with *** is connected to the spacer or targeting ligand in the conjugated drug precursor, and the end marked with ** is connected to the chelating agent in the conjugated drug precursor; X is NH or O; n is any integer from 2 to 8;
在式L-III中,由***标注的一端连接偶联药物前体物中的间隔子或靶向配体,由**标注的一端连接偶联药物前体物中的螯合剂;X不存在或为NH或O;n为1-4中的任一整数;
In formula L-III, the end marked by *** is connected to the spacer or targeting ligand in the conjugated drug precursor, and the end marked by ** is connected to the chelating agent in the conjugated drug precursor; X Does not exist or is NH or O; n is any integer from 1 to 4;
在式L-IV中,由*标注的一端连接偶联药物前体物中的靶向配体或者以羟基或氨基封端,由**标注的一端连接偶联药物前体物中的靶向配体或螯合剂或者以氢或乙酰基封端;n为1-6中的任一整数;
In formula L-IV, the end marked with * is connected to the targeting ligand in the conjugated drug prodrug or is terminated with a hydroxyl or amino group, and the end marked with ** is connected to the targeting ligand in the conjugated drug prodrug. The ligand or chelating agent may be terminated with hydrogen or acetyl group; n is any integer from 1 to 6;
在式L-V中,由*标注的一端连接偶联药物前体物中的靶向配体,由**标注的一端连接偶联药物前体物中的螯合剂;n为1-5中的任一整数;R1不存在或为-NH-CH2-CH2-NH-;R2不存在或为 其中由*标注的一端连接式L-V中的NH,m为1-7中的任一整数。In formula LV, the end marked with * is connected to the targeting ligand in the conjugated drug precursor, and the end marked with ** is connected to the chelating agent in the conjugated drug precursor; n is any one from 1 to 5. Integer; R 1 is absent or -NH-CH 2 -CH 2 -NH-; R 2 is absent or is One end marked with * is connected to NH in LV, and m is any integer from 1 to 7.
根据权利要求1-20中任一项所述的放射性核素偶联药物前体物,其特征在于,The radionuclide conjugated drug precursor according to any one of claims 1-20, characterized in that, 所述连接子为式L-I、L-III、L-IV或L-V中的任意一种。The linker is any one of the formulas L-I, L-III, L-IV or L-V. 根据权利要求1-20中任一项所述的放射性核素偶联药物前体物,其特征在于,The radionuclide conjugated drug precursor according to any one of claims 1-20, characterized in that, 所述连接子为式L-II或L-III。The linker is of formula L-II or L-III. 根据权利要求1-20中任一项所述的放射性核素偶联药物前体物,其特征在于,The radionuclide conjugated drug precursor according to any one of claims 1-20, characterized in that, 所述连接子为式L-I。The linker is of formula L-I. 根据权利要求1-22中任一项所述的放射性核素偶联药物前体物,其特征在于,The radionuclide conjugated drug precursor according to any one of claims 1-22, characterized in that, 所述连接子为下列结构片段中的任意一种,其中由*标注的一端连接偶联药物前体物中的靶向配体,由**标注的一端连接偶联药物前体物中的靶向配体或螯合剂,由***标注的一端连接偶联药物前体物中的间隔子或靶向配体:

The linker is any one of the following structural fragments, in which the end marked with * is connected to the targeting ligand in the conjugated drug precursor, and the end marked with ** is connected to the target in the conjugated drug precursor. Connect the spacer or targeting ligand in the conjugated drug precursor to the ligand or chelating agent at the end marked with ***:

根据权利要求1、2或6所述的放射性核素偶联药物前体物,其特征在于,The radionuclide conjugated drug precursor according to claim 1, 2 or 6, characterized in that, 所述连接子为下列结构片段中的任意一种,其中由*标注的一端连接偶联药物前体物中的靶向配体,由**标注的一端连接偶联药物前体物中的螯合剂,由***标注的一端连接偶联药物前体物中的靶向配体:

The linker is any one of the following structural fragments, in which the end marked with * is connected to the targeting ligand in the conjugated drug precursor, and the end marked with ** is connected to the chelate in the conjugated drug precursor. The mixture consists of one end marked with *** connected to the targeting ligand in the conjugated drug precursor:

根据权利要求1或4所述的放射性核素偶联药物前体物,其特征在于,The radionuclide conjugated drug precursor according to claim 1 or 4, characterized in that, 所述连接子为下列结构片段中的任意一种,其中由**标注的一端连接偶联药物前体物中的螯合剂,由***标注的一端连接偶联药物前体物中的间隔子:
The linker is any one of the following structural fragments, in which the end marked by ** is connected to the chelating agent in the conjugated drug precursor, and the end marked by *** is connected to the spacer in the conjugated drug precursor. son:
根据权利要求1或7所述的放射性核素偶联药物前体物,其特征在于,The radionuclide conjugated drug precursor according to claim 1 or 7, characterized in that, 所述连接子为下列结构片段中的任意一种,其中由*标注的一端连接偶联药物前体物中的靶向配体,由**标注的一端连接偶联药物前体物中的靶向配体或螯合剂:
The linker is any one of the following structural fragments, in which the end marked with * is connected to the targeting ligand in the conjugated drug precursor, and the end marked with ** is connected to the target in the conjugated drug precursor. To ligand or chelating agent:
根据权利要求1-29中任一项所述的放射性核素偶联药物前体物,其特征在于,The radionuclide conjugated drug precursor according to any one of claims 1-29, characterized in that, 所述间隔子为可裂解的或不可裂解的,优选不可裂解的。The spacer is cleavable or non-cleavable, preferably non-cleavable. 根据权利要求1-29中任一项所述的放射性核素偶联药物前体物,其特征在于,The radionuclide conjugated drug precursor according to any one of claims 1-29, characterized in that, 所述间隔子为式S-I、S-II、S-III中的任意一种,
The spacer is any one of formulas SI, S-II and S-III,
在式S-I中,由*标注的一端连接偶联药物前体物中的一个靶向配体,由**标注的其中一端连接偶联药物前体物中的另一个靶向配体,由**标注的另一端连接偶联药物前体物中的连接子或螯合剂;A1~A3各自独立地为由氨基酸形成的二价结构片段;优选地,A1~A3各自独立地为由Asp、Lys、Glu、His或Trp形成的二价结构片段;n和m各自独立地为2-8中的任一整数;
In formula SI, one end marked by * is connected to one targeting ligand in the conjugated drug precursor, one end marked by ** is connected to another targeting ligand in the conjugated drug precursor, and * *The other end marked is connected to the linker or chelator in the conjugated drug prodrug; A 1 to A 3 are each independently a bivalent structural fragment formed of amino acids; preferably, A 1 to A 3 are each independently A bivalent structural fragment formed by Asp, Lys, Glu, His or Trp; n and m are each independently any integer from 2 to 8;
在式S-II中,由*标注的一端连接偶联药物前体物中的一个靶向配体,由**标注的其中一端连接偶联药物前体物中的另一个靶向配体,由**标注的另一端连接偶联药物前体物中的连接子或螯合剂;n为2-6中的任一整数;
In formula S-II, one end marked with * is connected to one targeting ligand in the conjugated drug precursor, and one end marked with ** is connected to another targeting ligand in the conjugated drug precursor. The other end marked by ** is connected to the linker or chelator in the conjugated drug precursor; n is any integer from 2 to 6;
在式S-III中,由*标注的一端连接偶联药物前体物中的靶向配体,由**标注的一端连接偶联药物前体物中的连接子或螯合剂;n为1-5中的任一整数。In formula S-III, the end marked with * is connected to the targeting ligand in the conjugated drug precursor, and the end marked with ** is connected to the linker or chelator in the conjugated drug precursor; n is 1 Any integer within -5.
根据权利要求1-29中任一项所述的放射性核素偶联药物前体物,其特征在于,The radionuclide conjugated drug precursor according to any one of claims 1-29, characterized in that, 所述间隔子为式S-II或S-III。The spacer is of formula S-II or S-III. 根据权利要求1-29中任一项所述的放射性核素偶联药物前体物,其特征在于,The radionuclide conjugated drug precursor according to any one of claims 1-29, characterized in that, 所述间隔子为式S-I或S-II。The spacer is of formula S-I or S-II. 根据权利要求1-31中任一项所述的放射性核素偶联药物前体物,其特征在于,The radionuclide conjugated drug precursor according to any one of claims 1-31, characterized in that, 所述间隔子为下列结构片段中的任意一种,其中由*标注的一端连接偶联药物前体物中的一个靶向配体,由**标注的一端连接偶联药物前体物中的另一个靶向配体,由***标注的一端连接偶联药物前体物中的连接子或螯合剂:

The spacer is any one of the following structural fragments, in which the end marked with * is connected to a targeting ligand in the conjugated drug precursor, and the end marked with ** is connected to a targeting ligand in the conjugated drug precursor. Another targeting ligand is connected to the linker or chelator in the conjugated drug prodrug by the ***-marked end:

根据权利要求1或4所述的放射性核素偶联药物前体物,其特征在于,The radionuclide conjugated drug precursor according to claim 1 or 4, characterized in that, 所述间隔子为下列结构片段中的任意一种,其中由*标注的一端连接偶联药物前体物中的一个靶向配体,由**标注的一端连接偶联药物前体物中的另一个靶向配体,由***标注的一端连接偶联药物前体物中的连接子或螯合剂:
The spacer is any one of the following structural fragments, in which the end marked with * is connected to a targeting ligand in the conjugated drug precursor, and the end marked with ** is connected to a targeting ligand in the conjugated drug precursor. Another targeting ligand is connected to the linker or chelator in the conjugated drug prodrug by the ***-marked end:
根据权利要求1或5所述的放射性核素偶联药物前体物,其特征在于,The radionuclide conjugated drug precursor according to claim 1 or 5, characterized in that, 所述间隔子为下列结构片段中的任意一种,其中由*标注的一端连接偶联药物前体物中的一个靶向配体,由**标注的一端连接偶联药物前体物中的另一个靶向配体,由***标注的一端连接偶联药物前体物中的螯合剂:
The spacer is any one of the following structural fragments, in which the end marked with * is connected to a targeting ligand in the conjugated drug precursor, and the end marked with ** is connected to a targeting ligand in the conjugated drug precursor. Another targeting ligand, with the ***-marked end connected to the chelating agent in the conjugated drug prodrug:
下列放射性核素偶联药物前体物:





The following radionuclide conjugated drug precursors:





一种放射性核素偶联药物,其包含根据权利要求1-37中任一项所述的放射性核素偶联药物前体物,以及与其螯合的放射性同位素。A radionuclide-conjugated drug, which contains the radionuclide-conjugated drug precursor according to any one of claims 1 to 37, and a radioactive isotope chelated thereto. 根据权利要求38所述的放射性核素偶联药物,其特征在于,所述放射性同位素选自47Sc、48Sc、51Cr、55Fe、64Cu、67Cu、69Zn、67Ga、68Ga、72Ga、72As、72Se、89Sr、88Y、90Y、99Tc、99mTc、97Ru、105Rh、109Pd、111In、119Sb、128Ba、139La、140La、142Pr、149Pm、153Sm、159Gd、165Dy、166Ho、169Er、175Yb、177Lu、186Re、188Re、198Au、199Au、197Hg、201Tl、202Pb、203Pb、212Pb、212Bi、213Bi、225Ac和227Th中的任一种;The radionuclide conjugated drug according to claim 38, characterized in that the radioactive isotope is selected from 47 Sc, 48 Sc, 51 Cr, 55 Fe, 64 Cu, 67 Cu, 69 Zn, 67 Ga, 68 Ga , 72 Ga, 72 As, 72 Se, 89 Sr, 88 Y, 90 Y, 99 Tc, 99m Tc, 97 Ru, 105 Rh, 109 Pd, 111 In, 119 Sb, 128 Ba, 139 La, 140 La, 142 Pr, 149 Pm, 153 Sm, 159 Gd, 165 Dy, 166 Ho, 169 Er, 175 Yb, 177 Lu, 186 Re, 188 Re, 198 Au, 199 Au, 197 Hg, 201 Tl, 202 Pb, 203 Pb, Any one of 212 Pb, 212 Bi, 213 Bi, 225 Ac and 227 Th; 优选地,所述放射性同位素选自64Cu、67Cu、67Ga、68Ga、89Sr、90Y、99mTc、111In、119Sb、153Sm、166Ho、177Lu、186Re、188Re、198Au、199Au、201Tl、203Pb、212Bi、213Bi、225Ac和227Th中的任一种;Preferably, the radioactive isotope is selected from 64 Cu, 67 Cu, 67 Ga, 68 Ga, 89 Sr, 90 Y, 99m Tc, 111 In, 119 Sb, 153 Sm, 166 Ho, 177 Lu, 186 Re , 188 Re , any one of 198 Au, 199 Au, 201 Tl, 203 Pb, 212 Bi, 213 Bi, 225 Ac and 227 Th; 更优选地,所述放射性同位素选自64Cu、67Cu、111In、153Sm、177Lu、186Re、188Re、198Au和199Au中的任一种;More preferably, the radioactive isotope is selected from any one of 64 Cu, 67 Cu, 111 In, 153 Sm, 177 Lu, 186 Re, 188 Re, 198 Au and 199 Au; 进一步优选地,所述放射性同位素为177Lu。Further preferably, the radioactive isotope is 177 Lu. 一种药物组合物,其包含根据权利要求1-37中任一项所述的放射性核素偶联药物前体物或者根据权利要求38或39所述的放射性核素偶联药物;A pharmaceutical composition comprising a radionuclide-conjugated drug precursor according to any one of claims 1-37 or a radionuclide-conjugated drug according to claims 38 or 39; 优选地,所述药物组合物还包含至少一种药学上可接受的辅料。Preferably, the pharmaceutical composition further contains at least one pharmaceutically acceptable excipient. 根据权利要求1-37中任一项所述的放射性核素偶联药物前体物或者根据权利要求38或39所述的放射性核素偶联药物或者根据权利要求40所述的药物组合物在制备用于预防和/或治疗疾病或病症的药物中的应用;The radionuclide-conjugated drug precursor according to any one of claims 1 to 37 or the radionuclide-conjugated drug according to claim 38 or 39 or the pharmaceutical composition according to claim 40 in Use in the preparation of medicaments for the prevention and/or treatment of diseases or conditions; 优选地,所述疾病或病症为癌症,优选前列腺癌、乳腺癌、肝癌、胰腺癌、卵巢癌、胃癌或肺癌。Preferably, the disease or condition is cancer, preferably prostate cancer, breast cancer, liver cancer, pancreatic cancer, ovarian cancer, gastric cancer or lung cancer. 根据权利要求1-37中任一项所述的放射性核素偶联药物前体物或者根据权利要求38或39所述的放射性核素偶联药物或者根据权利要求40所述的药物组合物,其用于预防和/或治疗疾病或病症;The radionuclide-conjugated drug precursor according to any one of claims 1-37 or the radionuclide-conjugated drug according to claim 38 or 39 or the pharmaceutical composition according to claim 40, its use to prevent and/or treat diseases or conditions; 优选地,所述疾病或病症为癌症,优选前列腺癌、乳腺癌、肝癌、胰腺癌、卵巢癌、胃癌或肺癌。 Preferably, the disease or condition is cancer, preferably prostate cancer, breast cancer, liver cancer, pancreatic cancer, ovarian cancer, gastric cancer or lung cancer. 一种用于预防和/或治疗疾病或病症的方法,其包括:将预防和/或治疗有效量的根据权利要求1-37中任一项所述的放射性核素偶联药物前体物或者根据权利要求38或39所述的放射性核素偶联药物或者根据权利要求40所述的药物组合物施用于对其有需要的个体;A method for preventing and/or treating diseases or conditions, which includes: combining a preventive and/or therapeutically effective amount of a radionuclide-conjugated drug precursor according to any one of claims 1-37 or The radionuclide conjugated drug according to claim 38 or 39 or the pharmaceutical composition according to claim 40 is administered to an individual in need thereof; 优选地,所述疾病或病症为癌症,优选前列腺癌、乳腺癌、肝癌、胰腺癌、卵巢癌、胃癌或肺癌。Preferably, the disease or condition is cancer, preferably prostate cancer, breast cancer, liver cancer, pancreatic cancer, ovarian cancer, gastric cancer or lung cancer. 下列双配体化合物:





The following two-ligand compounds:





PCT/CN2023/117622 2022-09-09 2023-09-08 Radionuclide-drug conjugate and pharmaceutical composition and use thereof Ceased WO2024051794A1 (en)

Priority Applications (1)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
CN202380062411.0A CN119855612A (en) 2022-09-09 2023-09-08 Radionuclide coupling medicine, pharmaceutical composition and application thereof

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
CN202211105422.6 2022-09-09
CN202211105422 2022-09-09

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2024051794A1 true WO2024051794A1 (en) 2024-03-14

Family

ID=90192071

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/CN2023/117622 Ceased WO2024051794A1 (en) 2022-09-09 2023-09-08 Radionuclide-drug conjugate and pharmaceutical composition and use thereof

Country Status (3)

Country Link
CN (1) CN119855612A (en)
TW (1) TW202410923A (en)
WO (1) WO2024051794A1 (en)

Citations (7)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN103732595A (en) * 2011-08-17 2014-04-16 默克及其合伙人公司 Folate conjugates of albumin-binding entities
CN110740757A (en) * 2017-05-24 2020-01-31 同位素技术慕尼黑公司 Novel PSMA-binding agents and uses thereof
WO2020156513A1 (en) * 2019-01-30 2020-08-06 同宜医药(苏州)有限公司 Bi-ligand drug conjugate and use thereof
CN111630059A (en) * 2017-10-22 2020-09-04 省卫生服务机构 Novel Radiometal Binding Compounds for Diagnosis or Treatment of Cancers Expressing Prostate Specific Membrane Antigen
CN113573742A (en) * 2018-11-28 2021-10-29 同位素技术慕尼黑公司 Novel tumor antigen binding agents and uses thereof
WO2022098745A1 (en) * 2020-11-03 2022-05-12 Indi Molecular, Inc. Compositions, delivery systems, and methods useful in tumor therapy
CN114984255A (en) * 2022-05-31 2022-09-02 苏州大学 A radionuclide-labeled PSMA-αvβ3 dual-target conjugate and its application

Patent Citations (7)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN103732595A (en) * 2011-08-17 2014-04-16 默克及其合伙人公司 Folate conjugates of albumin-binding entities
CN110740757A (en) * 2017-05-24 2020-01-31 同位素技术慕尼黑公司 Novel PSMA-binding agents and uses thereof
CN111630059A (en) * 2017-10-22 2020-09-04 省卫生服务机构 Novel Radiometal Binding Compounds for Diagnosis or Treatment of Cancers Expressing Prostate Specific Membrane Antigen
CN113573742A (en) * 2018-11-28 2021-10-29 同位素技术慕尼黑公司 Novel tumor antigen binding agents and uses thereof
WO2020156513A1 (en) * 2019-01-30 2020-08-06 同宜医药(苏州)有限公司 Bi-ligand drug conjugate and use thereof
WO2022098745A1 (en) * 2020-11-03 2022-05-12 Indi Molecular, Inc. Compositions, delivery systems, and methods useful in tumor therapy
CN114984255A (en) * 2022-05-31 2022-09-02 苏州大学 A radionuclide-labeled PSMA-αvβ3 dual-target conjugate and its application

Non-Patent Citations (5)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Title
BENESOVA, M. ET AL.: "Albumin-Binding PSMA Ligands: Optimization of the Tissue Distribution Profile", MOL. PHARMACEUTICS, vol. 15, 5 February 2018 (2018-02-05), pages 934 - 946, XP055543252, DOI: 10.1021/acs.molpharmaceut.7b00877 *
DERKS, Y.H.W. ET AL.: "Strain-Promoted Azide-Alkyne Cycloaddition-Based PSMA- Targeting Ligands for Multimodal Intraoperative Tumor Detection of Prostate Cancer", BIOCONJUGATE CHEM., vol. 33, 25 December 2021 (2021-12-25), pages 194 - 205, XP055972764, DOI: 10.1021/acs.bioconjchem.1c00537 *
KUO, H.T. ET AL.: "77Lu-Labeled Albumin-Binder-Conjugated PSMA-Targeting Agents with Extremely High Tumor Uptake and Enhanced Tumor-to-Kidney Absorbed Dose Ratio", THE JOURNAL OF NUCLEAR MEDICINE, vol. 62, no. 4, 28 August 2020 (2020-08-28), pages 521 - 527, XP093065403, DOI: 10.2967/jnumed.120.250738 *
KUO, H.T. ET AL.: "Effects of Linker Modification on Tumor-to-Kidney Contrast of 68Ga- Labeled PSMA-Targeted Imaging Probes", MOL. PHARMACEUTICS, vol. 15, 19 June 2018 (2018-06-19), pages 3502 - 3511, XP093103875, DOI: 10.1021/acs.molpharmaceut.8b00499 *
MULLER, C. ET AL.: "DOTA Conjugate with an Albumin-Binding Entity Enables the First Folic Acid-Targeted 177Lu-Radionuclide Tumor Therapy in Mice", THE JOURNAL OF NUCLEAR MEDICINE, vol. 54, no. 1, 12 December 2012 (2012-12-12), pages 124 - 131, XP055242492, DOI: 10.2967/jnumed.112.107235 *

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
TW202410923A (en) 2024-03-16
CN119855612A (en) 2025-04-18

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
JP7515023B2 (en) Dual targeting compounds and their preparation methods and applications
CN108699108B (en) radiolabeled drugs
CA2452923C (en) Peptide-based compounds for targeting integrin receptors
CN103533963B (en) With by NOTA complexation [18]the HER2 binding peptide of aluminium fluoride labelling
CN111065646B (en) radiopharmaceutical
CN114369084B (en) Truncated Evans blue modified fibroblast activation protein inhibitor and preparation method and application thereof
JP2024506644A (en) Bivalent Fibroblast Activation Protein Ligand for Targeted Delivery Applications
JP7541532B2 (en) Novel radiolabeled cxcr4-targeted compounds for diagnosis and therapy - Patents.com
JP2014503547A (en) HER2-binding peptide labeled with an organosilicon compound containing 18F
TWI893557B (en) Sstr 2-targeted compound and preparation method and application thereof
JP2024544870A (en) Ligand compounds and chelates thereof targeting the PSMA antigen and their applications for the diagnosis and treatment of prostate cancer - Patents.com
TWI877884B (en) Rgd dimer compound as well as preparation method and application thereof
JP2022518598A (en) Silicon Fluoride Acceptor Substituted Radiopharmaceuticals and Their Precursors
EP4474379A1 (en) Peptide urea derivative, pharmaceutical composition containing peptide urea derivative, and application of peptide urea derivative
WO2023008556A1 (en) Radiolabeled compound and use thereof
EP3721907B1 (en) Psma inhibitor derivatives for labelling with 99mtc via hynic, a radiopharmaceutical kit, radiopharmaceutical preparations and their use in prostate cancer diagnostics
WO2024051794A1 (en) Radionuclide-drug conjugate and pharmaceutical composition and use thereof
WO2025035608A1 (en) Glutamic acid urea compound and preparation method therefor and use thereof, nuclide targeting probe and preparation method therefor and use thereof, and pharmaceutical composition
RU2852530C2 (en) Sstr2-targeted compound, sstr2-targeted compound labeled with radionuclide, and their application
CN113350531A (en) Prostate specific membrane antigen binding ligand conjugate and application thereof
WO2025113628A1 (en) Sstr receptor targeting radio compounds and uses thereof
JP2023506297A (en) Modified GRPR antagonist peptides for cancer imaging and therapy
TW202540073A (en) Sstr receptor targeting radio compounds and uses thereof
WO2025122615A1 (en) Enriched and stable radioligand therapy formulations and pharmaceutical compositions comprising same
TW202543589A (en) Dansulfonamide-modified psma targeting compounds and preparation methods and applications thereof

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 23862488

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 202380062411.0

Country of ref document: CN

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE

WWP Wipo information: published in national office

Ref document number: 202380062411.0

Country of ref document: CN

122 Ep: pct application non-entry in european phase

Ref document number: 23862488

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1